YFP 329: Medicare Selection & Optimization: Common Mistakes, Tips & Tricks


On this week’s podcast, sponsored by APhA, Certified Insurance Counselor, Insurance Agent, and Medicare Specialist, Josh Workman, joins the show to cover Medicare 101 and considerations for selecting your Medicare coverage plan.

Episode Summary

Many people (including pharmacists!) aren’t fully informed about Medicare, the options they need to consider, and the pros and cons of each option. That’s why, in this week’s episode of the podcast, we brought on Certified Insurance Counselor, Insurance Agent, and Medicare Specialist, Josh Workman to give us a Medicare 101! Tuning in, you’ll hear about Josh’s role in the world of helping seniors navigate Medicare benefits, options for coverage, and the five main differences between Medicare Advantage and Supplement plans. Finally, he shares some words of wisdom for pharmacists struggling to answer Medicare questions for themselves, family members, and even clients.

About Today’s Guest

Located in the Akron Ohio area Josh Workman has been an insurance agent since 2010 with Medicare planning being his main area of focus. He started his career with Nationwide, but then moved to an Independent agency in 2014. Aside from helping individuals who are new to Medicare, he also works with professionals such as care facility coordinators, doctors and pharmacists as they assist their patients with Medicare plan decisions. Medicare can be extremely confusing so instead of the salesman angle, Josh takes an educational approach when helping his clients with Medicare Supplements, Part D Plans and Medicare Advantage Plans. One of his favorite parts of the job is teaching Medicare 101 classes to people who are new to Medicare.

Key Points From the Episode

  • What Josh does in the Medicare world. 
  • The basics of Medicare and the timelines for selecting coverage. 
  • Two main options for coverage when going onto Medicare. 
  • Five differences between Advantage Coverage and Supplement Coverage. 
  • A quick summary of the two plans and the pros and cons of each. 
  • The kinds of plans Josh sees people choosing and why. 
  • Some of the dangers of being influenced by marketing when choosing a Medicare plan. 
  • Mistakes that Josh sees people making when buying a plan. 
  • Advice for leveraging the help of a Medicare agent for pharmacists.

Episode Highlights

A lot of people make an assumption that original Medicare – Part A and Part B, includes prescription drug coverage. It actually does not. The only way you can get Part D is through an insurance company.” — Josh Workman [0:10:46]

If you have to pay medical bills, if you have a network, you’re probably going to be paying less for your insurance because you’re subjecting yourselves to these medical bills and to this network.” — Josh Workman [0:15:21]

“Medicare Advantage is less expensive. There’s a network and there’s medical bills. Supplement is more expensive, but it doesn’t have a network and it doesn’t have medical bills.” — Josh Workman [0:20:20]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, for each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome to the show Josh Workman, a Certified Insurance Counselor, Insurance Agent, and Medicare Specialist. 

Aside from helping individuals who are new to Medicare, he also works with professionals such as care facility coordinators, doctors, and pharmacists as they assist their patients with Medicare plan decisions. We tap into his Medicare experience to discuss five key considerations for evaluating Medicare benefit options. You’ll find this episode insightful and helpful, whether you are evaluating benefits for yourself or helping patients or other family members navigate this process. 

All right, let’s hear from today’s sponsor of the American Pharmacists Association and then we’ll jump in my interview with Josh Workman. 

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:00:50] TU: Today’s episode of the Your Financial Pharmacists Podcast is brought to you by the American Pharmacists Association. APHA has partnered with Your Financial Pharmacists to deliver personalized financial education benefits for APHA members. Throughout the year APHA will be hosting a number of exclusive webinars covering topics like student loan, debt payoff strategies, home buying, investing, insurance needs, and much more. Join APHA now to gain premier access to these educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APHA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacists.com/join and using the coupon code YFP. Again, that’s pharmacists.com/join and using the coupon code YFP. 

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:37] TU: Josh, welcome to the show. 

[0:01:38] JW: Thanks for having me, Tim. 

[0:01:40] TU: Well, this is a treat. You and I have known each other for a long time when Jess and I lived up in Northeast Ohio. Our families got to know each other well. I’ve always appreciated the work that you’ve done on the Medicare side. It’s taken us over 300 episodes, but I’m excited to finally bring this together to be able to tap into your Medicare experiences and knowledge. Thank you so much for coming on. 

[0:02:03] JW: Yeah. Thanks again for having me, Tim. 

[0:02:05] TU: Josh, as we were planning for this episode, and here we are in the month of October, we’re talking about all different aspects related to the health insurance part of the financial plan and we realize that Medicare really isn’t a topic that we’ve talked really much about, maybe not even at all, but it’s such an important part of the financial plan for those that are making that transition into retirement. 

As we were planning for this episode, we were thinking about a few different groups that may find value in this, right? Of course, there’s individuals listening that are getting ready to make that Medicare decision for themselves and making sure that they’re optimizing that benefit selection. But perhaps, even a bigger group would be, “Hey, I’ve got aging parents that are going through this phase.” Or, “I work at a pharmacy and often I have patients that come looking for help in terms of Medicare selection and what are some of the things that I should be thinking about.” I know, Josh, in your work as well, you consult with individuals that are going through selection, but also work with other providers and facilities as well. Is that correct? 

[0:03:05] JW: Yeah. Yeah, that’s correct. I’m working with individuals or maybe in a group setting, like a seminar setting is a lot of what I do. But then, yeah, working with pharmacists, working with doctors, working with assisted living facilities, all those types of professionals have questions and I’m able to help their patients as well. 

[0:03:25] TU: Let’s start with some of the basics of Medicare, Josh. Pharmacists get really a slim amount of this in pharmacy’s glamour. We talked about health insurance at large. We talked about the different parts of Medicare. It’s been 15 years for me, perhaps more for others that are listening as well. Let’s start with some of the basics, Medicare 101, Parts A through D. Just break down for us what those different parts cover. 

[0:03:49] JW: Yeah, sure. There’s two parts to what’s referred to as original Medicare. That’s Part A, like Adam. Part B, like boy. A would be hospital benefits. You’d use your Part A coverage, for example, if you were in the hospital staying overnight for a surgery. Let’s say, Part B, like boy, that’s going to be medical benefits. Think of that as more outpatient-related things, specifically, like just going to the doctor, seeing a specialist, an outpatient surgery, those kinds of things. But then there’s a couple other parts as well, Medicare Part D, like David, or I like to think of it as D for drugs. That’s the easy way to remember that one. That’s going to be the prescription drug coverage. Part C is another way of saying Medicare Advantage. We’ll get into this, I believe in a little bit, but that would be Part C, which combines A, B, and D benefits into one plan. 

[0:04:47] TU: Awesome. Timeline for coverage. This is something that I remember learning about this and just having the takeaway of like, this is important. You don’t want to mess up in terms of when you’re selecting coverage, making sure you’re not missing a deadline. What is the timeline for selecting coverage? 

[0:05:03] JW: Yup. There’s going to be three main election periods if you want to think of them that way. Three times when you will be signing up for your plan, making decisions on your plan. I will say, there’s a lot of narrative out there that makes this a little scarier than it needs to be. It’s not that intimidating, but the first one is what’s called your initial election period. This is when folks are turning 65, they’re new to Medicare. 

Another thing when someone could be using their initial election period is if they’re been on social security disability for 24 months, or if they develop end-stage renal disease or ALS, that’s another time prior to age 65, they can go on Medicare. Let’s use the turning 65, example because that’s the most common. It’s a seven-month window. It starts three months prior to your birth month, runs the month of your birth, and then three months after. A seven-month window when you can sign up. Most folks will use the three months prior and then start their benefits, the month of their birth. That’s the most common. 

[0:06:12] TU: That is a pretty – I didn’t actually realize it was that long in terms of the seven months or the three months prior, the month of your birth date, and then the three months after. Then the other piece I’m thinking about here would be the transition or change, right? I had initial coverage I selected here. We’re using the example of 65, but I’m looking at other options in the future in terms of renewals. How does that work timeline-wise? 

[0:06:33] JW: Yeah. Great question. That would be what’s referred to as the annual election period or annual enrollment. 

[0:06:39] TU: Okay. 

[0:06:40] JW: That is a window of opportunity towards the end of the year, getting into it now. October 15th through December 7th of the specific dates. That’s for folks who, yeah, let’s say, for example, they’re 67, they’ve been on Medicare for a couple of years now, but they want to reevaluate and see if the plan that they’re on now is going to be the best one for the coming year. They can evaluate that during the weeks, again, of October 15th through December 7th. Then their change, if they do make a plan change, it would start taking effect on January 1st of the following year. 

[0:07:17] TU: Okay. Those are the two main ones I’ve heard you mention so far. So, that initial election and then the annual enrollment process. Anything else important to remember around the timeline for selecting coverage? 

[0:07:30] JW: Yeah. There could be a third election period. Just think of them as special election periods. We do run into these. I do run into them every now and then, but if someone moves, for example. Moves out of state maybe or it could even be a move to a different county within the same state, they would qualify for a special election period to make a change. If someone gains or loses Medicaid eligibility, we recently saw a lot of that with the COVID benefits that were extended for folks on Medicaid. 

They basically, couldn’t lose their Medicaid eligibility, but that stopped. I believe it was in April of this year. That qualifies for a special election period to make a change or if there’s other things too, like you have a parent who moves into an institution for lack of a better word, where they’re moving into a long-term care facility or a nursing home. That would also qualify as a special election period to make a change outside of annual enrollment. October 15th through December 7th. 

[0:08:31] TU: Awesome. With that background information, let’s spend most of our time here talking about evaluating benefit options, what to look for, what to consider. Before we get into five main areas that you’ve seen, five big differences based on your experiences. I think it’s important that we differentiate at least at a high-level Medicare advantage and Medicare supplement plans because when we talk about some of these areas here in just a moment, we’re going to be referring to both of those and the different sides to consider between them. Define those further, for us. 

[0:09:00] JW: Yeah. So generally speaking, you have two main options for coverage when you go on to Medicare. I should say this is what most folks do. Most folks will either go with a Medicare Advantage plan or a Medicare supplement. Medicare advantages is much more heavily advertised. Sometimes folks think that’s the only option they have, but they technically don’t. Supplements are an option as well, but there’s going to be five major differences between those two plans that can really impact how you receive your care, what you’re going to pay out of pocket when you use your insurance, how you get your drug coverage, if it includes perks like dental, vision, hearing, all those kinds of things. 

Yeah. There are some pretty major differences between those. That’s what I spend most of my time with my clients who are new to Medicare, so they can make an informed decision on what’s best for them. 

[0:09:53] TU: Yeah. I remember Josh, you shared with me as we were preparing for this episode. The worksheet that you have of the two sides of the street, right? Choosing a plan. Advantage versus supplement and going through these, which I really like, because I think this can become very overwhelming, either as an individual choosing coverage, helping a family member, helping a patient, especially when so often, as you mentioned, especially on the advantage plan side, there’s just a lot of advertising, right? That’s behind this. 

The mailings, the commercials, etc. so really being able to take a step back and say, “What are the options and how can we objectively compare these. What do we need? What do we not need to make an informed decision?” I think is so important, not only financially, but also just have the peace of mind and being able to navigate some of the nuances involved here. Let’s start with those five big differences. Number one, Josh, is Part D in terms of how one receives Part D insurance coverage. Tell us more there. 

[0:10:44] JW: Yeah. It’s important to know a lot of people sometimes make an assumption that original Medicare, what we talked about before, Part A and Part B, that includes prescription drug coverage. It actually does not. The only way you can get Part D is through an insurance company. Now, how it would work on either side of the street. Yes, the way I like to describe it. If you go with a Medicare Advantage plan, most of the time, those are going to include prescription drug coverage at no additional cost. If you go with the Medicare Supplement plan, however, it does not include prescription drug coverage or Part D, you have to buy that separately. Advantage is included. Supplement, it’s not included. You have to pick it up separately. 

[0:11:27] TU: Number two, it relates to the network here. We’re thinking of options for providers, access to hospitals, something that folks are familiar with from other experiences with health insurance, but what are some of the factors to consider here as relates to network coverage and the two sides of the street? 

[0:11:43] JW: Medicare Advantage plans are going to have a network. Meaning there’s a list of specific doctors, hospital systems, specialists that you need to stay within in order to have coverage or to pay the least amount possible. Medicare supplements, one of the big benefits of them is they do not have a network of any kind. You can literally go to any provider in the country, in the whole United States, that takes original Medicare and they have to accept your supplement. It doesn’t matter what insurance company you have. You could be in the Northeast Ohio area like we are and have an insurance company that’s local here and receive care in California and they’ve never heard of your local company, but they have to take it, because it’s a Medicare supplement. 

[0:12:32] TU: That network piece, obviously, very important to folks. The third area, which I’m sure is the one we’re often focused on is the cost side of it, the medical bills or the cost-sharing, ultimately what we have to pay out of pocket when using insurance. What are some of the key differences here between the advantage and the supplement? 

[0:12:50] JW: With a Medicare Advantage Plan, you will have medical bills along the way as you use your insurance, or just you could say if you use your insurance. By medical bills, I’m referring to deductibles, co-pays, and co-insurance. You may have a deductible. Honestly, most plans I offer, Tim, don’t have a deductible, folks have to reach, but they could. 

A co-pay, you know how that works, most likely you pay $25 to your primary care, 40 to a specialist, those kinds of things. Then co-insurance is a percentage, right? You may have to pay 20% for durable medical equipment or 20% for chemo and radiation. The nice thing about Advantage Plans is that they do put a limit on what your medical bills can be. Most folks have this with your current insurance, even if you’re not on Medicare, called an annual maximum out-of-pocket expense. 

All of your medical bills for the year can’t exceed your plan’s annual maximum. But know that, again, you will have them along the way, medical bills, that is. Whereas Medicare supplements, they don’t really have any medical bills that you’re going to have to worry about. Okay. Really, the biggest medical bill for the most popular supplement that I write out of my office is the Part B, like boy, deductible. Currently here for 2023. It’s $226, so you pay that for any Part B service. Once that’s paid though, Tim, the medical bills are done for the rest of the year. 

[0:14:26] TU: Wow. 

[0:14:26] JW: So that $226 deductible is your medical bill and it’s also your annual maximum. If you want to think about it that way. 

[0:14:34] TU: Okay. So, very naive on this topic, Josh, but you’re just describing the differences and obviously when you talk about the Supplement plan and the lower amount, what I seem to hear is not insignificant, but a much lower amount on the deductible, less potential out of pocket versus when you reference the Advantage plans more out of pocket. What we tend to think of from our experiences right now for many of us with the insurance. So, is it fair to say that cost-wise monthly premiums, you typically see a vast difference between these two, because of that or is that – it depends? 

[0:15:11] JW: No, you’re right. There’s a difference in cost. So, that would be the fourth big difference here between these two. As I’m sure listeners are putting together, if you have to pay medical bills, if you have a network. Well, you’re probably going to be paying less then for your insurance, because you’re subjecting yourselves to these medical bills into this network. 

Medicare Advantage is going to be your less expensive route to take. It could even be, and folks may have seen this advertised. You could even see that these Medicare Advantage plans are zero dollars per month. Okay. Those are actually some of the most popular advantage plans. 

[0:15:46] TU: Interesting. 

[0:15:48] JW: Some of my clients will choose is the zero-dollar premium plan. Okay. Now with supplements, though, these are going to have a monthly cost. There aren’t any zero-dollar Medicare supplements. This currently, I mean, it all really depends on the area that you live in. I just work here in the state of Ohio, but here in Ohio, a good rule of thumb for a turning 65 mail for a Medicare supplement, depending on the plan letter that’s chosen is probably going to be somewhere between $130 to $150 a month for a Medicare supplement. Female would be a little bit lower. Again, that’s a pretty rough estimate, Tim, just depending on the service area that you’re in. 

[0:16:37] TU: Yeah. It’s really helpful, though, Josh. I’m thinking about how this integrates back with the financial plan. It’s taking me back to episode 275. Tim and I talked about how to build a retirement paycheck, right? We’ve been accumulating funds. Hopefully, for the majority of our careers. Now we have to be able to replace what was coming from our income through the different retirement vehicles that we’ve built, right? 401Ks, IRAs, maybe we have some HSA funds that can come into play here, as well. 

This is important, right? Because if you’re in the plans that you were just referencing on the supplement side, where let’s say you’ve got a monthly premium of $150 a month, and then you know what the deductible is going to be, like we can start to build those numbers into the monthly paycheck that we’re going to be receiving during retirement, essentially paying ourselves or if we’re on an advantage plan, and let’s just say there’s an advantage plan with the example you gave where there’s a zero-dollar premium, but we know what the out of pocket match your limit is, like, okay, we need planning for that, right, or planning for some of the other expected expenses from cost sharing of the healthcare. 

You can really start to see how and understanding of the options and the plans and what the impact could be annually, as well as monthly when you talk about something like a monthly premium, could build into the financial plan, build into building that retirement paycheck as we make that transition into that phase. 

[0:17:56] JW: Yeah, exactly. 

[0:17:58] TU: All right. Number five, Josh. This is one that I didn’t think about that was really interesting when you were talking about this in our preparation for the show. With some of the variances between the plans, when it comes to things like dental, vision, hearing, or the extras, tell us more here. 

[0:18:14] JW: When it comes to dental, vision and hearing, this is becoming a much bigger issue, I would say than it used to be. I’ve been doing this for several years now, and back when I started, folks weren’t that concerned about dental, vision, hearing. However, advertisements on TV, the mail that folks are getting that are turning 65 heavily focuses on this side of things. Medicare Advantage plans are going to include dental vision and hearing benefits, as well as other things too, like over-the-counter items, allowances that the plans give people several dollars a month that they are a quarter rather than they can use to buy Tylenol or Advil or Band-Aids and Toothpaste, that kind of stuff. 

Advantage plans are going to include those kinds of things. Again, it’s usually at no additional cost. Even a zero-dollar plan would include these things. Whereas Medicare supplements do not include any of these kinds of things, but you can buy them separately, just like you buy the Part D, separately. You can pick up dental vision hearing benefits at an additional cost if you’d like them. 

[0:19:17] TU: Josh, before we wrap up by talking about some of the common mistakes that you’re seeing, folks making when it comes to evaluating benefit options and selecting a policy. Summarize here for us the five points that we just talked about as, again, individuals may either be choosing their own policy, working with a family member or working with patients that they can take away this information. 

[0:19:36] JW: Yeah. The easy way that I like to describe it is this. If you go with a Medicare Advantage plan, this is going to be your less expensive route to take. It’s going to include Medicare Part D. It’s going to include dental vision hearing. However, you are going to have a network and you are going to have medical bills along the way as you use it. Medicare supplements are your more expensive route to take. They don’t include drug coverage. They don’t include dental, vision, hearing, although you can buy them separately if you’d like. However, you don’t have the medical bills and you don’t have the network to be concerned with. 

If you’re a pharmacist out there and you’re trying to quickly explain this to a patient, maybe just go about it that way. Medicare Advantage is less expensive. There’s a network and there’s medical bills. Supplement is more expensive, but it doesn’t have a network and it doesn’t have medical bills. 

[0:20:29] TU: Great summary, Josh. I’m curious, like rough numbers. What do you see as like a distribution between these two buckets as you work with those going into Medicare enrollment? 

[0:20:39] JW: Yeah. That is a great question. That’s one that’s become very common as my clients are sitting down trying to make a decision on what they want to go with. I’m finding now, Tim, and it didn’t used to be this way, that it is about a 60-40 split. About 60% are going the Advantage plan side and about 40% are going the supplement side. When I first started, it was probably 70-30 the other way or heavily weighted on the supplement. 

I think one of the big reasons for this is the marketing. Advantage plans are much more heavily marketed to people who are new to Medicare. I said before, a lot of people think that they are the only option. Not that they’re a bad option, but again, folks are just having much more education, getting much more education about Advantage plans than they are supplements. 

[0:21:32] TU: Let’s talk about that marketing because I think that’s one of maybe a little bit too harsh to call it a mistake, but I think the influence of the marketing can be real. I’ve seen many of these commercials, Josh. I think I know the ones you’re referring to and just the impact that whether it’s mail marketing, TV, radio, a combination of can have and sway in someone in one direction or another. Tell us more about that. Even some of the other common mistakes you may see folks making when they’re going through the selection process. 

[0:22:03] JW: Yeah. Those commercials are becoming very popular. We’re talking about like the Joe name, this commercials guys that you can’t help but see, especially getting here into the fall into annual enrollment. Those commercials, the mistakes I see people making is buying a plan based off of what they’re seeing just on those commercials alone. If you actually pay attention to one of them, they are referencing primarily the perks of the plans. 

The dental, vision, hearing benefits, they may even say things like call and check your zip code, because you could get a plan where you don’t have to pay for your Medicare premium and at all. The plan will pay for it for you. In my opinion, those aren’t the only things you should factor in when you’re buying health insurance. You should factor in other things too, like does your doctor take the plan? That’s a pretty big one. 

Yeah, you might have a nice dental benefit, but when you need to go to your primary care physician and they say, “No, we don’t take this.” How valuable is that dental benefit now? Other things, folks don’t necessarily consider, especially on, and we can get into this more if you’d like, but these relatively new to the game Part B, give back plans that pay some or all of your Medicare premium. You got to think from an insurance company’s perspective, if they’re willing to pay your Medicare premium for you, what do you think that’s going to say about the benefits they’re going to provide in the plan? 

[0:23:31] TU: Yeah. 

[0:23:32] TU: Primarily translates to higher medical bills to you. These are just things that I feel like are important for people to consider that you’re buying a health insurance plan, you want it to be solid when you need it. You don’t necessarily want to buy a plan, because it gives you $100 every quarter and over-the-counter items limit. Those are some of the mistakes I see people making. They buy a plan based off of perks, not necessarily on the day-to-day usage of the plan that could be more important. 

[0:24:04] TU: Yeah. Which is, it’s a different form of marketing, right? It’s not necessarily a commercial, but it’s a different form of marketing to hook someone into a policy. That’s a good a good call out. I think both of those Josh, to me highlight the value and you showed me that worksheet, that side-by-side worksheet of, “Hey, we’re looking at supplement plans, we’re looking at advantage plans.” We’re applying somebody’s personal situation. You’re sitting down with them one-on-one, talking through the benefits and the options. 

That really brings the life to me, the value that an agent, especially someone specializing in Medicare, such as yourself can be helping, whether it’s the person directly that’s selecting the benefits, whether it’s family members that are involved, or for our pharmacist community, again, especially those working in community practice. I know these questions come up all the time in terms of, “Hey, I’m a patient, I go to the pharmacy, I ask my pharmacist about the policy or what should I be thinking.” 

My question here is your work is obviously in Ohio. If we have pharmacists in Northeast Ohio, shout out to Josh, get connected with him for sure as well, but much of our listeners may be across the country. So, words that you would have to share in terms of what are some things that folks can look for in trying to develop a relationship with an agent as a pharmacist or for those that are looking to select a policy for themselves or a family member and partnering with an agent that way, as well. 

[0:25:23] JW: Yeah. I mean, first of all, from the pharmacist’s perspective, I do work with several pharmacists and chains and whatnot. I would say from your perspective, don’t feel like you need to be the expert on Medicare Part D, specifically. You can say, “Hey, I don’t know all the answers on what plan you should pick, but here’s a guy you can call, or here’s a girl you can call, they know. They do this for a living.” The other thing too, guys, is it saves you time. 

I mean, I see, I’m in and out of pharmacies a lot. I see how busy you are. I can imagine how stressful it is when you have 10 or 20 prescriptions you need to fill and somebody asks to go into the private room and say, “Hey, what prescription drug plan is going to be best for me next year?” It can just take up a lot of a lot of time I would imagine. Again, having an agent you can refer to, to handle those questions for you would save you a lot of time and alleviate that pressure of having to feel like an expert. 

[0:26:26] TU: Yeah. Well, this was great, Josh. I really appreciate you coming on the show sharing your expertise. As I mentioned at the beginning, it’s been a long time in the making covering the topic we haven’t done much about before. We will link in the show notes. Josh’s LinkedIn profile, email. If folks have questions, as well as a link to the insurance firm that he works with right now. So, you can check all that information out in the show notes. Josh, thanks so much again for coming on. I really appreciate it. 

[0:26:51] JW: Yeah. Thanks for having me, Tim. Go Bills. 

[0:26:53] TU: That’s all. This is the year. Let’s do it. 

[0:26:55] JW: This is the year, Tim. It’s the year. 

[0:26:57] TU: Awesome. Thanks, man. 

[0:26:58] JW: Yup. 

[0:26:59] TU: Before we wrap up today’s episode of the Your Financial Pharmacists podcast, I want to again thank our sponsor, the American Pharmacists Association. APHA is every pharmacist ally advocating on your behalf for better working conditions, fair PBM practices, and more opportunities for pharmacists to provide care. Make sure to join a bolder APHA to gain premier access to financial educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APHA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code YFP. Again, that’s pharmacist.com forward slash join using the coupon code YFP. 

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:27:39] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment.

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 328: How to Navigate Open Enrollment & Employer Benefits


Tim Baker, CFP, RICP, RLP joins Tim Ulbrich, PharmD to discuss open enrollment & evaluating employer benefits.

Episode Summary

This week on the podcast, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD sits down with YFP co-owner and Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP, RICP, RLP to discuss open enrollment and the process of evaluating employer benefits. They discuss considerations for choosing a health insurance plan, how to determine whether or not your employer-provided life and disability insurance is sufficient, the differences between an FSA, Dependent Care FSA, and HSA, and what to be looking for when putting money into your employer-sponsored retirement plan.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, glad to have you back on the show.

Tim Baker: Yeah, good to be here, Tim. Looking forward to getting into open enrollment discussion. ‘Tis the season. So yeah, I’m ready for it.

Tim Ulbrich: ‘Tis the season indeed. Fall is in the air officially here in Ohio, which does mean it’s almost time for open enrollment and ensuring that we’re taking the time to understand and maximize employer benefits. And I think whether someone is reviewing their benefits for the first time, whether that’s accepting a new position, going through another round of open enrollment, a lot to consider here, including insurance, retirement accounts and HSAs, FSAs, to name a few. So Tim, our team at YFP Planning includes employer benefits as a part of the planning process, perhaps an area that folks don’t necessarily associate working with their financial planner on. So how does this part, employer benefits, factor into the financial plan? And why is it so important that we’re looking at it in the planning process?

Tim Baker: Yeah, I think this is another area, Tim, where like when we say, “comprehensive,” we mean comprehensive. And it’s just like kind of the same conversation with things like home purchase. Most financial advisors are not going to kind of walk you through kind of the A-Z of buying a home because most of the time, a financial advisor is working with people in their 50s, 60s, 70s, right? And the reason for that is because those are the people that have assets, and that’s how they charge their fee. We have many, many, many clients that are in their 20s and 30s. And things like home purchase is really important and is often a big step in their financial journey and their financial plan. So we kind of take the time to go through that based on, I know you’ve said it, I’ve said it, we’ve messed those transactions up in the past, and we just don’t want to see our clients do the same thing. So open enrollment is kind of the same thing. A lot of financial advisors don’t really talk about this stuff because if you’re working with people in their 50s, 60s, like they’ve done it dozens of times, right? So they’ve gone through this. And a lot of our clients haven’t. You know, it’s not something that is kind of what we understand. And so to define open enrollment, open enrollment is the period of time where you can purchase or apply for health insurance for the upcoming year without a qualifying event. And usually a qualifying event is something like a marriage or a divorce or a birth of a child. So it’s typically very centered on the health insurance plan because that’s the big piece of the benefits. But then what the employer does is kind of have you opt out of other benefits that they might offer, which might be life insurance, disability, I’ve even seen things like pet insurance and things like that. You know, some things that are not insurance-related could be like a legal benefit. So that’s what this is is open enrollment. And it’s important because your employer benefits are a major component of your compensation package. And you know, this is kind of the conversation that goes back to things like salary negotiation is I’ve seen clients, they’ll say, “Hey, I’m making $110,000,” and they get an offer for $120,000 but they take a major step back with regard to their total compensation because of the benefits that are associated with that. I think it’s really important to understand what the employer benefits are and how to assess that. So that’s really what’s at stake here is really understanding that piece. And we know this, Tim, because when we plan to hire someone, we know that it’s not just about the salary pay. We apply a multiple on top of that because we know that the benefits that we’re going to provide for the employee are going to be above and beyond that. So that total cost or what I would say is an investment in that person is really beyond the salary. So this is what is really that bell to that. We’re trying to assess an an employee to say, OK, how can I best optimize this part of my compensation. And I would say that there is a lot, you know, a lot of people that don’t necessarily fully optimize this part of their financial plan or give it the attention that it needs because it sneaks up on us or bad information or what have you. So that’s really kind of the overall picture here of what it is and why it’s important.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and Tim, I think when you say sneaks up on us, bad information, it’s important I think for folks, basic stuff before we jump into individual benefits, you know, know your dates, obviously what’s the time span. You know, a lot of employers, depending on how they organize this, will do informational sessions, open Q&As, one-on-ones, group, and some of that might be automated, depending on the system and the platform they’re using. But making sure, understanding the dates, you know, simple things, how much time do you have if you’re going to be on vacation, things like that, making sure you can coordinate with HR. And then also, you know, just taking a look at your pay stub and your benefits. What do you currently have? And really taking a pulse on — and I think just a chance to go back and what’s gross pay, what’s net pay, what’s coming out in benefits, and taking this time that comes around every year as a chance to revisit some of these things that we want to be looking at often. And then of course, just thinking about upcoming changes, right, that might be happening. You know, I think of things like children that might be beneficiaries on the healthcare side, aging out if you think about 26 or folks that might be expecting or perhaps getting married, things that might have an impact on their benefits, considering those things as you’re in the benefits selection. And then of course just refreshing and updating the evaluation of who are the beneficiaries that are listed on certain policies. Tim, I want to start with health insurance. You know, I think it’s the one that typically carries the biggest price tag as we think about it relative to the other insurance and typically carries more options than things like dental and vision and life and disability, which I think for many employers it’s more of a one-way type of option. So the big question here is how do I determine which one to get? And of course, all plans are created differently but when folks are looking at these and you’re evaluating the deductibles and maximum out-of-pockets and premiums and copays and coinsurance, unfortunately, it’s a system that even though our audience is comfortable with all of those numbers because they live in it in the job that they’ve done or have been trained in it previously, there’s just a lot to consider. And if you look at plans, let’s consider a three-tiered plan where you’ve got like a bronze, silver, gold option, you know, you’re looking at OK, less out of pocket, more out of pocket, better coverage, but perhaps I could have lower out of pocket and I could use that money elsewhere. Like general framework, how do you begin to help clients think through this decision and not just look at it in a silo but also consider it in the context of the rest of the plan?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think it’s — you know, everyone can say it with me — it depends, right? So you know, I think a lot of it depends on past history or — you know, you mentioned a few things like what’s kind of on the horizon? Is it getting married or having kids? And some of those will allow you to kind of elect insurance outside of the open enrollment period. But those are typically qualifying events. But you know, an example is when we had Liam, when Shea was pregnant with Liam, we opted out of the bronze package, you know, the HSA plan to more of a gold package because we knew that the doctor bills and the hospital bills were going to be there. Our thought process was, you know, although in most cases we’re not going to the doctor a lot, you know, during a normal year, well, electing to a higher deductible plan, which means less coming out of our paycheck but then when we do go to the doctor, there’s going to be potentially more coming out of our pocket. So we did that to get in front of it a little bit. And you know, that’s really important from a planning perspective and kind of mitigating as much of the costs — and we probably saved ourselves if we did the math $1,000 by doing that. So that’s an important part of the plan. Now, sometimes things are going to come up and you’re just not going to — you know, it’s kind of like that emergency fund. You’re just not going to know for the future. But I would say is it’s a little bit of an exercise in looking at your past history, so looking at how often you’re going to the doctor and how often you’re reaching into your pocket to pay for things like copays and things like that. But then also projecting it forward, so that’s kind of where the conversation starts is that, you know, if you’re a younger, healthy professional and you’re not really going to the doctor, then you probably should really consider kind of a bronze, high-deductible, HDHP plan and couple that with the HSA, which we’ve said is a great forum to stash dollars. If you’re looking at regular doctor visits because of a chronic issue or something like that, that’s not going to be for you, regardless of your age. You just know that you’re going to be in and out of the doctor’s office. So I think it’s really looking at, again, kind of the budget and seeing what money has been spent on healthcare costs in the past and then what you think, project those going forward. And like I said, like this is not — it’s important, but these are taking it like snapshots one year at a time. So you can — like after Liam was born and the medical expenses were gone, then we went back to the high-deductible plan with the HSA. So I think it’s really important to kind of take stock of kind of your history, your medical history, your spending on healthcare, to form the baseline of your decision in that realm. The other comment I would make, Tim, is not all 401k’s are created equal. And as many of us know, not all health plans are created equal. So some are really, really great, and some are really, really terrible. And sometimes, that has to do with the size of the organization, sometimes the economies to scale, the bigger that you are, the less that each participant pays, whether that’s the 401k or the health insurance plan. So you kind of have to work with the sandbox, you know, that you’re playing in, so to speak, and something that can be very much out of your control.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think, Tim, your example of Liam is a great reminder of not putting open enrollment on auto pilot.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: And I think that’s what we’re trying to stress here is like, using this as a chance to re-evaluate each year, you know, what happened last year? What worked last year may or may not be what makes sense for this year for a variety of reasons. And I think this is certainly a place where we want to be evaluating what does the cash position look like? What does the reserves look like? And how do we feel about that? Especially if we’re going to be opting into a high-deductible health plan, you know, thinking worst case scenario — hopefully never happens — looking at those out-of-pocket maxes and really asking yourself, how comfortable are we with that happening? How does that make us feel? And could we weather that storm if it were to come?

Tim Baker: Yeah, and you know, and we’ve had some tough conversations with clients that are deep in credit card debt and they really need as much of their income to kind of like right the ship and get going, so sometimes it means sacrificing or being uncomfortable here. You know, one of the things I look at is like if we look at all the debts that are out there, medical debt is not necessarily a bad debt in terms of like they reformed a lot of things with it hurting your credit because it’s kind of been a nightmare, you’re typically not gouged with higher interest rates and things like that. So typically more forgiven. I would even say push back on a lot of medical debt because it’s wrong. I think Tim, you had a story about that when one of your sons was born. So there’s a little bit more give I would say than some of these other ones that goes like right to collections and you’re in a lot of trouble. So it’s kind of — this is all about like mitigating the risk and trying to understand where can we give a little bit so we’re OK.

Tim Ulbrich: I want to shift gears, Tim, to life and disability. Probably one of the most common questions that we get is, do I need to purchase additional life and disability insurance beyond what my employer covers? And of course the answer is it depends on a large part of the individual’s situation and what they have going on and what they’re trying to do with those policies and so forth. But you know, general thoughts and discussion on how one goes about making this decision in terms of understanding what coverage is there from an employer standpoint, determining what total coverage may be needed, and some of the gap and differences between an employer plan and if they purchased a policy out on the open market.

Tim Baker: I think if we look at most pharmacists out there, you know, professionals that are making a six-figure salary, I think there’s going to come a time when there probably is a need to purchase policies outside of what the employer provides. Now, the problem with the financial services industry is that a lot of “financial advisors” are trying to push those policies on a young professional when they probably don’t need them. That’s when you’re a pharmacist that has maybe six figures of debt that’s going to be forgiven if you die or are disabled with no dependents and really, you know, not much on your balance sheet. So there’s kind of like this gap of do I really need this? Or can I just make do with what my employer provides? I’ll say this about the employer-provided policies: Outside of health insurance, which is a health plan, I would say that things like life and disability insurance are not plans. They’re really perks. So they’re meant to supplement or meant to provide some type of benefit that will help the employee but also it’s a way to kind of retain you and things like that. So I really view these as perks and not necessarily plans. I would say, to your point, Tim, I think it’s really looking at the individual and say OK, does it make sense to buy a policy outside of that? Most employers will provide some type of life insurance benefit, whether it’s something like $50,000 or one or two times income, which you can then elect to either increase your coverage or not. I think the downside of that is, you know, if you’re working for an employer as a 30-year-old and you have all of your eggs in that basket and you’re saying, “Hey, I have $1 million” or a lot of times, they’re capped. Most times, pharmacists need a lot more than what their employer can provide. So that’s one of the drawbacks. But if you’re working with that company for 40 years and then you leave to go to another organization, which maybe that isn’t provided or it’s a lot less of a benefit, you have a gap, then you’re going out in the market 10 years older where you’re paying a lot more for that particular policy. So that’s one of the things that — sometimes they’re portable, meaning that you can take them with you, and sometimes they’re not. So for both the life and disability, you know, it’s really looking at your own situation. Just like open enrollment itself, this is one of the things that often overlooked, just insurance. And I know we’ve probably done a podcast in the past about what’s proper life and disability and things like that.

Tim Ulbrich: Yep.

Tim Baker: For the disability, the coverage is typically going to be a percentage of your income. And again, it could be capped, and some employers will offer both long-term and short-term disability. You know, both are great. But you know, oftentimes, because of one reason or another, there’s going to be a gap in the coverage either because of taxes or just that a pharmacist, what they make and what most professionals will say that you need to kind of cover down and typically, that can be anywhere from 50-80% of what your income is, that there is a need to go out onto the open market and buy individual policies. But from an open enrollment perspective, I think if you don’t have those policies, it’s really important to understand, you know, what is there for you? And what can at least tide you over until you get those policies in place? And again, it’s one of those things where it’s like, it’s not important to you until it’s important to you. And it’s really hard to kind of, to show that to clients unless they’ve experienced that pain themselves or a close family member.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: But it’s going to be a really important piece of protecting the overall financial plan, which is — this is really what this is all about is, you know, insurance is really protecting the financial plan from a catastrophic event and ensuring that you can continue to build wealth and survive into the future.

Tim Ulbrich: Episode 044, Tim, How to Determine Life Insurance Needs, 045, How to Determine Disability Insurance Needs, two that we’ll link to in the show notes. We’ve got more information on the website as well, YourFinancialPharmacist.com. Tim, I think one of the common mistakes I see made here just relating to that discussion on gap in coverage is not digging into the policies to really understand, you know, life insurance is maybe the most obvious example where if you have a policy — if you have a need for life insurance and you have a term policy that’s offered for $50,000 or $100,000 or one times salary or two times salary, typically, those have a cap on them. For many folks, there’s going to be a gap and a shortage. And I think this is where, you know, sitting down one-on-one with someone to really calculate the total need, think about the transferability issues that you mentioned and what does it mean if you pick up employment, tax considerations, and really getting into the weeds of some of the nuances of the policies and things like own occupation, we’ve talked about that before and its importance. And again, thinking about how this fits in with the rest of the plan. And just a shoutout here to our fee-only financial planning team at YFP Planning, this is really where I think the value of fee-only comes in in that really sitting down with someone to determine what is their true need in their best interests. Not too much coverage that there’s dollars being spent that could be put elsewhere in the financial plan, but making sure we’re also not exposing the plan to unnecessary risk.

Tim Baker: Yeah, I mean, you know, this — what we’re talking about here are products. Like insurance is a product. So any time that you talk about dispensing a device, “Hey, Tim, you need life insurance,” and you say, “OK, great. Like where do I get it?” Like we can sell you this product. There’s going to be a conflict of interest. So having someone that is a fee-only fiduciary that is not further enriched by the advice that they’re giving, you know, strips away a lot of that, well, am I being advised in my best interests or in the advisor’s best interests, the one that’s advising me. So that’s I think the beauty of fee-only.

Tim Ulbrich: One example I just want to give here, I just pulled up, Tim, our long-term disability coverage that we added recently for the YFP team.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: And you know, if you look at it on kind of the main benefits platform, it says, “60% monthly income up to $6,000.” But this is an example where digging deeper is so valuable. You know, you get into things like what is the definition of earnings? So our policy, it’s base wage. So how you’re compensated could have an impact here.

Tim Baker: Yep.

Tim Ulbrich: What’s the elimination period or the timeframe from when the disability happens to when the benefit starts to pay out? Here, it’s 90 days. But if it’s shorter than that, perhaps longer than that, what’s the game plan to fund. Does it have own occupation coverage? We’ve talked about the importance of that before. What’s the maximum benefit? Our policy goes up to age 65. And then things like coverage restrictions, other incentives. So really, just a reminder of this time period and using this point here to really dig into this information and read the policies.

Tim Baker: Yeah, you know, and again, going back to those episodes you mentioned there, that’s where we kind of talk about the nitty-gritty, but I think the beautiful thing about this is like when we’re reviewing this and we kind of look at the — kind of go through the open enrollment optimization stuff is like as a planner, I’m looking at your balance sheet. So I’m like, alright, does it make sense to bolster — you know, because a lot of these, you can opt in. So like our policy doesn’t do this, but a lot of policies, they’ll say, “The employer pays for a 60% benefit of your earnings.” But then you can opt in to get that up to 80%. So you pay an additional — you pay out of pocket out of your paycheck for that additional 20%. If I’m looking at your balance sheet, Tim, and I’m saying, “Man, you have plenty of cash,” I would say, “Let’s not opt into that.” Or we might say, “Let’s do it,” because we know because the employer is going to pay for it, that that benefit’s going to be taxed.

Tim Ulbrich: Yep.

Tim Baker: If the employer pays for the benefit, it’s going to be taxed. That’s the gap. You know, so the idea is looking at your situation and overlaying what’s out there. I think the open enrollment, what I say is we want to look at the things that you’re paying for and say, does it make sense for you to be paying for it? I see a lot of AD&D insurance, and I kind of look at this as like — and again, this is not advice — but I kind of look at those as like when you buy something at Best Buy and they ask you about the warranty. You know, most of the time, you say no because it’s just not worth the money. Some of these things in open enrollment, it’s the same thing. It’s like AD&D, for those to pay out is very rare. So even if it’s $2 per pay period, I’m like, I just don’t think it’s worth it. So we’re trying to make sure that you’re not paying for things that don’t necessarily provide you much benefit, much utility. But then you are paying for things that do. And you know, kind of finding that Venn diagram of sorts to make sure that, again, we’re fully optimized with regard to this part of your compensation package.

Tim Ulbrich: AD&D, for folks that are wondering, Accidental Death & Dismemberment insurance.

Tim Baker: Oh yeah. Yep.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim Baker dropping some financial lingo here.

Tim Baker: Sorry about that. Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, next I want to talk about FSAs, dependent care FSAs, especially since we’ve had some changes that have happened there as well as HSAs. And we’ve talked probably among these to the greatest extent, we’ve talked about HSAs because of the value of what that can provide as well as these other options. And we’ve talked about it on the podcast, we’ve got some blog posts, Episode 165, The Power of a Health Savings Account, also have an article on the blog, which we’ll link to, about really more of the strategic investing side of an HSA if you’re able to do that. So Tim, high level overview, FSA, dependent care FSA, HSA, and some of the differences and considerations for these accounts.

Tim Baker: The very crude way that I remember the difference between FSA and HSA is FSAs are really use-or-lose. So when you fund these with pre-tax dollars, if you don’t use those monies for the purposes of healthcare for an FSA for healthcare or dependent care for a dependent care FSA, you lose it. So it’s F-udge. Like I don’t get — you don’t get to use that money. Whereas the HSA, this is — can potentially be an accrual account, meaning that year over year, you can stack Benjamins and hopefully one day becomes that kind of stealth IRA that we talk about that has that triple tax benefit. So like I said, we’ve talked about the HSA ad nauseum. It has to be paired with a high-deductible health plan. You know, you can put the money in. It has a triple tax benefit, which means it goes in pre-tax, it grows tax-free so you can invest it like an IRA, and then you can distribute it in the near term for approved medical costs or when you reach a certain age, you can use it basically for whatever. So that’s the beauty of the HSA. But you know, again, it only works or you only have access to it when it’s paired with a high-deductible health plan. The FSA for healthcare is similar, but very different. So you’re allowed to use — you’re allowed to fund it with pre-tax dollars, meaning if you make $100,000 and you put $1,000 in there, you’re taxed on as if $99,000. So I think the limits for FSA for 2021, I think it’s like $2,750.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s right. Yep.

Tim Baker: Yeah. So the idea is that what you’re trying to do here — it’s a little bit of a game of chicken. So what you’re trying to do is really, again, see into the future and say, “OK, what do I know is a baseline that I’m going to use on my out-of-pocket healthcare expenses?” And if you know for sure that you’re going to spending $2,000 on that, then you should fund it with $2,000. And typically, there is a little bit of give at the end of the year where you can either carry some over or you have some time into the New Year to use it on.

Tim Ulbrich: Two months or —

Tim Baker: Yeah. And every plan is going to be different in its design. So you might be loading up on kind of some of the over-the-counter stuff. I’ve had a client buy a bunch of stuff for like contacts and things like that. So it’s going to be really important to kind of — again, this goes back to the spending plan, the budget, to understand what have you been spending in the past? Is that going to be indicative of what you will spend in the future? And then fund that with at least that baseline amount so you don’t lose it. The same thing can be said for the dependent care FSA. So this is a pre-tax account that you can fund that is used for care for your child who is age 13, for before- and after-school care, babysitting, nanny expenses, daycare, nursery school, preschool, summer day camp, and then also care for a spouse or a relative who is physically or mentally unable to care for themselves and lives in your home. So this money — this has actually been amended under the American Rescue Plan Act. So I think for single and married filing jointly couples, the pre-tax contribution limit went from where you could $5,000 a year, now it’s I think $10,500.

Tim Ulbrich: Significant jump. Yep.

Tim Baker: Yeah, very significant. So the higher limits apply to the plan year beginning Dec. 31, 2020 and before Jan. 1, 2022. So it is a temporary thing, but it allows you to park some dollars that you would otherwise — so if you’re in a 25% tax bracket, it’s as if you’re saving 25%, kind of thinking about it that way. So that’s what really — and for the FSAs, unlike the HSA, the FSA is — it has to be provided by the employer. I think we had a question on the Ask a YFP CFP about the HSA. And you don’t have to necessarily go through your employer. Sometimes, the employer doesn’t offer it. So you can go out and set up your own HSA. The FSA has to be provided by the employer for you to have access to it. So that’s really important. Again, these are all going to be — when you elect it, it’s going to take money out of your paycheck and basically fund these accounts for the appropriate purpose.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and this to me is where when we’ve talked with Paul Eikenberg, our director of tax, and working with our clients, one of the things he talks about here is these being untapped areas of potential.

Tim Baker: Totally.

Tim Ulbrich: And so I think there’s a lot of low-hanging fruit in the financial plan. And I think really evaluating these and perhaps the dollars of any one don’t jump out as being super significant, but I think as we start to add these up with other strategies, there certainly is value. And Tim, you had mentioned we did tackle a question recently on Ask a YFP CFP 084. The question was about fees on an HSA account, but we did talk about the opportunity to access an HSA account independent of the employer. So we’ve talked about health insurance, we’ve talked about life and disability, we’ve talked about FSAs and HSAs and dependent care FSAs. I want to wrap up our discussion by retirement saving options. And I think, again, this is an opportunity to take a step back, look at the overall progress on the investing part of the plan, overall goals, perhaps gap between the goals and where you’re currently at, and then to evaluate where does investing fit in with the rest of the financial plan. And so when we think about, Tim, employer-sponsored retirement accounts, two main buckets we have, which are those that are Roth contributions and those that are traditional. So define for us the difference between those two for folks that are — maybe have some outstanding questions about those or unsure as well as the limits of what we’re able to do in 2021.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so — and I’ll preface this by saying that most of — you know, open enrollment is a good time to check in on your retirement savings options. You’re not necessarily bound to that because you can go in —

Tim Ulbrich: Correct.

Tim Baker: — really at any time and say, “Hey, I was putting in 5%. I talked to a YFP planner, and they said I should put in 8%. That’ll put me on track to get my $5 million nest egg, so that’s what I want to do.” I can really do that at any time. Or I can say, “I want less Roth and more traditional,” or whatever the case is. So it’s just a good opportunity, it’s a good checkpoint to say, OK, where am I at and should I make any tweaks? So — and one of the things that they often do here is they allow you to put in an escalator. So you know — and you can do this any time too, but it’s a good thing to do in open enrollment so every year, you can increase that by 1% or 2% or whatever that looks like. So to answer your question, Tim, the Roth v. traditional, so most employers will offer a 401k or a 403b or if you work for the government, a TSP. So when you elect your retirement options here, a lot of them will now — you’ll have a traditional — so think of two buckets. You’ll have a traditional 401k and a Roth 401k.

Tim Ulbrich: Yep.

Tim Baker: And they’re all under the same plan, but they segregate the monies because for a traditional, these are pre-tax dollars. So that example I gave you is if you put in $1,000 into your 401k and you make $100,00 — your traditional 401k — and you make $100,000, you’re taxed as if you made $99,000. For a Roth, it’s after-tax. So same example, if you put $1,000 into your Roth 401k and you make $100,000, you are taxed as if you made $100,000 because you’re not getting that pre-tax deduction. So for these dollars, the money is either taxed going in or coming out. So for a traditional, you’re not taxed going in, but then it grows tax-free inside of that account, and then you’re taxed when it is distributed, hopefully in retirement. For the Roth 401k, you’re taxed going in, so you don’t get that deduction, but then it grows tax-free and when it comes out, it’s not taxed because it’s already been taxed going in. So a lot of people will say Roth, Roth, Roth. And again, it’s going to depend on your plan. It’s going to depend on what you’re trying to achieve. And a lot of people get this wrong as well. So this is another good check on it to make sure that you’re putting the dollars in the right spot. Your match that your employer provides, if there is a match, is always going to go into a traditional account.

Tim Ulbrich: Yep.

Tim Baker: So if there is a match, you’re going to have — some people get it twisted like, I’m 100% in my Roth 401k, but I see money in my traditional, like what gives? And I’m like, well, this is the money that your employer is matching. It’s going to go there, you know, regardless. So it’s really important, you know — so to kind of give you some numbers with 2021, to max out a 401k, a 403b, it’s $19,500. So you can put that in regardless of how much money you make. So that’s really going to be the limit for the 401k. IRAs are a completely different animal. They’re $6,000, this completely separate accounting mechanism. And that’s going to be dependent on your income whether you can put it in directly into a Roth or a traditional IRA and if you get the deduction. And I know we’ve had podcasts on that as well. But the point of this, Tim, is that the open enrollment exercise is a great opportunity to kind of just do a once-over for your retirement savings options and just make sure that one, you’re in the proper allocation but then it’s also in the Roth v. traditional, and then just making sure that you don’t get stuck in that hey, my employer matches 3%, so for 10 years, I’ve just been putting in 3%. You don’t want to do that because more often than not, it’s not going to be enough for you to retire comfortably. So this is another way to kind of check those things and push the envelope a little bit.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I point folks back to Episode 074, when we talked about evaluating your 401k plan, also more recently, Episode 208, when we talked about why minimizing fees on your investments is so important. Certainly relevant here as we talk about employer-sponsored retirement plans where we can see a lot of variabilities in those investment options and in the fees. As we’ve said a couple times now throughout the show, open enrollment is such a great time to take a step back and evaluate the financial plan. And for folks that are going through this process and think, you know, I really see the value in working with someone one-on-one to look at the financial plan holistically, to determine how to prioritize the goals, make some of these decisions around open enrollment, could be debt repayment, investing, tax evaluation, and so forth. We’d love to have a chance to talk with you about the YFP Planning comprehensive financial planning services that we conduct on a one-on-one basis. And you can learn more about those services as well as schedule a free discovery call by going to YFPPlanning.com. As always, thank you so much for listening. We hope you have a great rest of your week and look forward to having you join us again next week.

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 327: Pharmacy Innovators with Dr. Natalie Park (Pharmesol)


On this segment of the Pharmacy Innovators, sponsored by Pyrls, Pharmesol co-founder & CEO Dr. Natalie Park joins host Dr. Corrie Sanders.

Episode Summary

With the rise of AI and the increasing use of technology in our daily lives, there is an opportunity to improve the pharmacy world and patient care. On this segment of the Pharmacy Innovators sponsored by Pyrls, Dr. Natalie Park, Co-founder and CEO of Pharmesol, joins host Dr. Corrie Sanders, to discuss how Pharmesol leverages technology and AI to optimize patient communication and follow-up care. Natalie shares her unconventional career path, what Pharmesol is, what inspired her and her co-founders to start it, and how it is improving patient care. She also discuss the highs and lows of starting a business before delving into the importance of value-based care, what pharmacy will look like in the future, and how we can embrace the inevitable technological changes.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Natalie Park is a pharmacist with a background in conducting health economics and outcomes research in the pharmaceutical industry. Natalie is co-founder and CEO of Pharmesol, an automated and proactive medication assistant tool that leverages pharmacist expertise and artificial intelligence to enhance patient experience after direct interaction with the healthcare team.

Key Points From the Episode

  • Introducing Natalie Park, co-founder and CEO of Pharmesol. 
  • Natalie tells us about her studies and unconventional career path in pharmacy. 
  • The inspiration behind the creation of Pharmesol, what it is, and how it can be used in clinical practice. 
  • How Pharmesol leverages AI. 
  • The accelerator program Natalie and her co-founders did to start the business. 
  • Where she met her co-founders and how their skills differ from Natalie’s. 
  • Where Natalie was in her personal and professional life while developing Pharmesol. 
  • What she thinks pharmacy will look like in the future and how we can adjust to the technology. 
  • Natalie shares the most memorable events of her pharmaceutical career. 
  • Her favorite parts of being an entrepreneur and why she enjoys being in charge of her career.
  • Natalie shares advice for anyone contemplating a non-traditional career path.

Episode Highlights

I’m a pharmacist, but that doesn’t mean I know every single thing about every single drug.” — Dr. Natalie Park [0:06:52]

“Starting a company is really difficult. It has been very difficult. Not to say [you should] not pursue it. I do think it is a decision that takes a lot of consideration.” — Dr. Natalie Park [0:25:33]

“I’m bullish on healthcare moving towards value-based care.” — Dr. Natalie Park [0:31:11]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] CR: Hi, YFP community. Corrie Sanders here, host of the Pharmacy Innovator segment of the YFP podcast. Pharmacy Innovators is designed for pharmacist navigating the entrepreneurial journey. In this series, we feature founders’ stories and strategies that help guide current and aspiring pharmacy entrepreneurs.

Today, I talk to Dr. Natalie Park, a pharmacist with a background in conducting health economics and outcomes research in the pharmaceutical industry. Natalie is co-founder and CEO of Pharmesol, an automated and proactive medication assistant tool that leverages pharmacist’s expertise and artificial intelligence to enhance patient experience after direct interaction with the healthcare team. We will discuss having honest conversations with yourself and others surrounding risk tolerance and career change. And dive into Natalie’s bullish stance on value-based care and the untapped potential within the pharmacy profession to impact health outcomes alongside technology. I know you all will be nothing short of inspired by Dr. Natalie Park.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:01:02] JW: This is Justin Woods from the YFP team with a quick message before today’s show. If you’re tired of relying on shared passwords, or spending hundreds of dollars for drug information, we’ve got great news for you. Today’s podcast sponsor, Pyrls is changing the game for pharmacy professionals. Pyrls offers top drug summaries, clinical teaching points, a drug interaction checker, calculators, and guideline reviews all-in-one, user-friendly resource. They also recently added a free weekly quizzes to test your pharmacotherapy knowledge. Whether you’re on your web browser or accessing the mobile app, Pyrls has got you covered. Visit pyrls.com. That’s P-Y-R-L-S .com to get access to more than 25 free pharmacotherapy charts to get you started. Upgrade your drug information resources today with Pyrls. Don’t miss out on this game changing resource.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:56] CS: So Natalie, we are so excited to have you on the YFP podcast this morning. We will start with a really easy question of how you got into pharmacy and where you went to pharmacy school. So just tell us a little bit about your pharmacy background.

[0:02:10] NP: Yes, sure. I went to Ohio State for pharmacy school. So I actually came to the states when I was 15. I didn’t speak much English at the time, and I’m not even sure if I had insurance, to be honest, because I was an international student. So I was young, so I don’t think I knew kind of much what was going on with insurance and medical side of things. One day, I remember getting this allergic rash, which I’ve never experienced before in my life. Then I kind of freaked out, and then I went to the pharmacy. Then I showed the pharmacist kind of my rash, and then I remember asking like, “Oh, what am I supposed to do?” And then they helped me out. So that was kind of one of the reasons that inspired me to go to pharmacy school, and I went to Ohio State for both my bachelor’s and pharmacy school.

[0:03:05] CS: Love it. So firsthand experience threw you into the profession. Tell us about a little bit of your training after graduation. So you’ve kind of been on a non-traditional career path, it seems. Since graduation, you’ve done a lot in industry, so tell the listeners a little bit about that path and some of the jobs that you had, or residency training, or postgraduate training after graduation.

[0:03:27] NP: After pharmacy school, I did an industry fellowship in health economics and outcomes research. I had already taken some statistics, and epidemiology classes while I was in pharmacy school, and had some internship experience. Then my post-doc fellowship was at University of Maryland, as well as Novartis. So I did develop budget impact model, cost effectiveness models, when there is a new drug launch to take to payers, as well as using EHR and claims data to do comparative effectiveness research. Then, I went to a health system called Geisinger. First, I worked in their innovation department doing vendor assessment of digital health companies, developing internal business cases, as well as implementing subpopulation health solutions. Then I had an opportunity to move to their pharmacy department where I worked with different service lines, urology, dermatology, primary care, these different departments on the topic of medication management and optimization.

[0:04:38] CS: Wow, that is amazing. So quite a different career paths than I think the average pharmacist would probably think of when they think of one of the options within the profession. So it’s amazing, I mean, you’re working with big organizations just right out of the bat with really high-level thinking with outcomes and clinical decision support tool research, it seems. So kind of a broad-based business knowledge, just based on your years of experience in these innovation departments and working really from just a high-level perspective point of view. I’m sure you took a lot of things away from your previous job experience when you shifted into Pharmesol.

Tell us about the development of Pharmesol. Was there a certain situation where something happened and this business model came to light? Where did the inspiration from the business come from?

[0:05:30] NP: Yeah, I think if I think back, it was few different experiences coming together. Because I was working with the pharmacy team and different clinicians at a health system about the topic of medication management. I just naturally were thinking a lot about medication management, and how can we really improve the status quo, like that was my job. One of the things that I found challenging was that my colleagues, even though they were really motivated to help their patients, because they knew how much help their patients needed, but they didn’t have a lot of time. So that sort of became a challenge over and over again, in different implementation processes.

So I just had this realization and thought in mind that like, wow, the clinical capacity, lack of clinical capacity is such a problem. This may not sound that insightful, but I think it’s really different if you experienced this yourself, like every day, and this is kind of what I’m fighting against every day. So I had that thought on one hand, and then I actually had a poor experience as a patient myself. I always tell people, I’m a pharmacist, but that doesn’t mean I know every single thing about every single drug. I went to a doctor and then got some medication and I didn’t get any instruction about how to use it from the doctor or the pharmacists where I picked up the medication. And then, I came home, and I was like, “Wait, actually, I have a question.” Then I was like, “Wow, this like really sucks.”

Then the third experience is, like kind of during this time, I was – I’ve actually been working on masters for computer science. So as part of this, I built a recommender system. This is kind of the engine that drives kind of personalized recommendation that you experience in Amazon or Netflix. That kind of really made me think about my experience as a consumer, outside of healthcare is actually pretty good. I feel like these systems know me, knows what to recommend for me. I mean, apart from recommendations, just my experience as a consumer. So why can’t we do that in healthcare, is another thought that kind of – that I was having, and a combination of these different thoughts was a big motivator and I think kind of origin story for Pharmesol.

[0:08:20] CS: That’s wonderful, kind of not a three-pronged approach, but certainly three different tiers to the approach and the development of the company. Tell us, and know that you’re talking to an audience of pharmacists that intimately understands the pain points of the profession. What is Pharmesol, and how can it be used in clinical practice? Kind of break that down for us.

[0:08:43] NP: Yes, Pharmesol is a conversational AI. It’s an automated and proactive medication assistant, that enables healthcare organizations to provide high-quality, personalized support for patients through SMS text messages. So the experience for the patient is a little bit like maybe talking to a pharmacist to some degree about like calming counseling points, right? Like, “Hey, I missed a dose. What do I do?” or “I don’t know how to use this injection.” We’ve been working with a primary care clinic, where we white-label this solution. So patients when they get up, medication prescribed at the clinic. After they leave, we send a text message to say, “Hey, have you been able to pick up this medication?” Then, patients either say yes or no, and a lot of patients say no for a variety of reasons. 

Then, we help them troubleshoot. “Okay, tell me more what is the issue.” Some patients are like, “I’m just waiting for delivery” or we have some patients say, “Wait. What? I didn’t even realize I was supposed to be taking this medication.” So that’s kind of an opportunity for med rec, or another patient who said, like, “Oh, actually, I lost a third bottle of my pills, so I haven’t been taking it.” Except, that patient didn’t reach out to the clinic, or the doctor, and they – but they weren’t taking it, and they only told us because we proactively asked this question. So we help them troubleshoot, and then give them education, and then patients also have a line of communication where they can ask questions.

[0:10:24] CS: So kind of really expanding upon the preferred mechanism of communication for a lot of patients, which is text messages. But instead of just saying, “Hey, your prescription is ready.” It’s really taking it to the next level of different counseling points, and making sure it’s a comprehensive follow-up process, and putting this all in the palm of the patient through a text message. So what’s happening on the end of Pharmesol, just so that people can get a complete picture from the consumer standpoint? And then what’s happening behind the scenes? Is this a live-generated chat? Are we using an integration of AI and different mechanisms of literature analysis? What’s really going into the output that the patient ultimately receives?

[0:11:11] NP: Yeah, we’re leveraging AI, and also, we’re training this to say, “Okay, this is the accurate information about this medication, and this is not.” Essentially, don’t lie, don’t make things up.” So how we do that is we hire currently practicing clinical pharmacists to develop our content and what it can say. That is why, of course, it cannot, of course, replace humans, as mentioned, like it can answer, “This is the storage instruction” or “This is how you can use the information” or ask follow-up questions of, “Okay. What is kind of challenging for you?”

Then we also ask questions like, “Have you missed any doses?” What is kind of the reason you missed these doses?” These are the information that pharmacists are looking for to be able to make medical decision making. Okay, maybe this dosage form is right for them or not, or they’re struggling with this. So this is kind of further education, “I want to give” or “I want to have further conversation.” 

But instead of them kind of taking the time to ask these questions, we have the conversation with patients. And then we bring those actionable insights to pharmacists, so then they can really do the high-cognitive task, and make this medical decision making, and then make any adjustments to the treatment, if necessary.

[0:12:46] CS: So really streamlining to use a clinical skill set and a clinical knowledge base, and then leaving the lower-level questions, so to speak to the AI tool. Am I understanding that correctly?

[0:12:59] NP: Yeah, yeah. I think another advantage is, unfortunately, there’s just limited clinical capacity. What I see today happening is, some patients get a lot of support that they need, some patients get no support. I guess, sort of – as relatively healthy, young kind of person as me, pharma health system or the clinic, like the pharmacists are not likely going to reach out to me and ask, “Hey, Natalie. How are you doing? Are you nauseous? Are you feeling dizzy?” I’m not going to kind of be the type to get these questions. 

What our solution enables healthcare organizations to do is actually provide this high-quality care to every single one of their patients, and do the follow-up. We can tell the pharmacist, hey, this patient is doing just fine. So you actually don’t need to reach out to them, but this other person has an issue that requires your attention. So this is how we can increase the quality of care for really every patient, at the same time increasing the efficiency for pharmacists.

[0:14:18] CS: Sure, meeting the patient where they’re at, and then directing the support where it’s needed the most. When did you have this idea, and when did you transition full-time into working with Pharmesol? What did the development look like of the company for you?

[0:14:33] NP: I don’t know. I think I had a lot of different thoughts. I don’t really think there was like one point I was like, “Oh, this is the idea.” Even as I said, I just had different thoughts in the back of my mind. Kind of, “Oh, yes. I think this could be better. Why is it like this? Is this all we can do?” But that doesn’t mean I really thought like, “Oh, I should start up company.” It was like a really – it’s a pretty common moment for a lot of people where you feel like, “Oh, this really sucks.” 

Then, I think it kind of accumulates, compounds, and actually, even what I thought might be kind of a viable business idea in the beginning was not exactly what we’re doing today. But I think what really helped solidify what we’re currently working on was really the feedback of other people, like other pharmacists, other doctors, other nurses, administration, the administrators at health plans, health systems, pharmacy benefit managers, pharmacies. Our team reached out to these folks and ask them, “Hey, what do you think is kind of like an opportunity area? What are problematic and challenging for you guys?” Because I understand – I don’t know, I guess, like, I’m just one person, like one health system just because I think this is a problem, and this is a good idea. That doesn’t necessarily mean other people see the value. So I think it was just through organic interactions. Some organic, some were actually – we reached out to them to learn these insights. I think through that is how we got to where we are today.

[0:16:36] CS: Sounds like a good organic amount of some kind of market analysis and trying to figure out a product market fit for where this kind of technology can really provide the most value. Did you go through some kind of accelerator program or a business development program? Or how did you really hone in on trying to figure out where you are today, and ultimately, what is this end product going to look like? What kind of steps did you take to get to this point?

[0:17:07] NP: Yes. We actually pretty recently completed an accelerator program, a startup accelerator program. It’s called Entrepreneurs Roundtable Accelerator NYC, ERA NYC. My team, I have two co-founders. We’re first-time founders. Starting a company, founding a company, isn’t something we’re used to. There’s a lot of questions, and problems that you’re faced with that you never really had to think about in a corporate setting. I think going through this accelerator program was really helpful from that perspective because there are a lot of mentors, who are previous startup founders, current startup founders, or operators who’ve sort of like really thought about innovation, and developing a new product bringing into market. We definitely learned a lot from being part of this accelerator program.

[0:18:13] CS: Certainly, the aspect of you don’t know what you don’t know, and we’re trained with such a small clinical skill set, especially when you decide to pursue a specialty. I mean, there’s so many aspects of business, and I feel like that’s where a lot of YFP listeners want to start something new or have a new idea. It’s not the pharmacy component that’s the most intimidating. It’s the finances, and the business acumen, and getting funding, or getting your foot in the door with the market. That becomes so overwhelming, much faster than the pharmacy component does in most cases. I can see how an accelerator program is absolutely a great way to make you a well-rounded competitor in a space where you just don’t know what you don’t know, for the most part. So Natalie, you mentioned you have two co-founders. How did you meet these people? Where did you cross paths? Then, what skills do they bring to the company that are different than your own?

[0:19:11] NP: Yes. I’m really lucky to have two software engineers as my co-founders. Saumya is one of my co-founders, software engineer by training. She studied computer science at MIT for her bachelors and she was doing Master of Engineering when I met her. She has a lot of experience applying AI in healthcare in particular. She’s always had a lot of interest in healthcare, so that’s really helpful. Batman is our CTO, also software engineer by training. He had worked at multiple startups, building from scratch. Then he also recently graduated from MIT from Masters of Systems Design and management program. 

I didn’t even necessarily work in a – not even necessary. My work experiences in pharma and health system, I think are really crucial to what we’re doing at Pharmesol. I actually don’t think I could have started Pharmesol if I didn’t work at those healthcare companies, and learned what does the dynamics look like, what do each healthcare stakeholder kind of looked for? But again, the different – in some sense, actually, developing a product I don’t think is that different. I actually think every person in any role is probably developing some kind of product and like looking for a product market fit. But not – I wasn’t in kind of a traditional tech environment. I actually wasn’t even familiar with concepts of like Sprint, how do we use a Jira to do like task of tracking project management.

They definitely bring a lot of expertise from technical and product development perspective. I actually think our team is definitely –one of the strengths of our team, kind of our unique is composition of skill sets and backgrounds, I think is one of the strengths for Pharmesol.

[0:21:43] CS: Definitely. I mean, it sounds like you have an all-star lineup of people that specialize in areas that you don’t. So you become a well-rounded team pretty quickly, which is really important to success in the long run, I think. That’s really so great. I want to highlight something that you said, Natalie, which I think is really important, and maybe will resonate with a lot of listeners. Is that, everyone is problem solving in their job in some way, shape, or form. Whether you realize it or not, you’re probably doing something where you realize that this doesn’t work, or this isn’t ideal, and you’ve either created a shortcut yourself, or maybe you don’t even realize it, but everyone is problem solving on the job. It’s just a matter of maybe being in tune to that, and starting to expand your thinking with, how can I find a solution that works for a larger amount of people, or that can be applied on a larger scale. I thought that was just really beautiful to tap into.

Something else that I would love to ask you is, what stage of your life were you in when you were developing this company? So something that we hear about a lot is that I have this great idea, but I have student loans, or I can’t leave my job, I have X, Y, and Z that are going to be prioritized before I prioritize my own career. Where were you in your personal and professional life when you were developing Pharmesol? If you just don’t mind sharing a little bit of that, I think that’ll be inspirational to the listeners too.

[0:23:09] NP: I was never earning all that much. Let’s just start there. I didn’t have much to lose if that makes sense. From kind of typical, like financial perspective, right? It’s because I was – I would say, I was still fairly early in my career. It’s not like I had developed 20 years of my career, and I’m already in some advanced leadership role at an organization with great comp package, with stock options that just aren’t worth so much. It’s hard for me to walk away from that. That’s not where I was at in my career. I do think, honestly, that helped me in kind of taking a leap of faith. Another thing is, I guess, because that’s where I was at my career, I think my lifestyle was in a certain way, it was very modest again. So I didn’t have to make a lot of lifestyle adjustments if I were to be in a state where I really needed to preserve my runway to be able to focus on kind of this venture.

So you can think of that as a negative thing. But then, it I guess kind of worked out for me. I also say that because I have seen a lot of people around me who are kind of like golden caught essentially. They have really well-paying, high-paying jobs, and that makes them hard to leave. I don’t really think it’s a bad thing to pursue financial security, I think it’s a great thing. So it’s probably – I guess, if you have a question about, it doesn’t make sense for me to leave this financial security to pursue this venture. That might be a sign that maybe it’s not worth it. The fact that you’re kind of wondering about that.

I guess one thing I do want to mention is, starting a company is really difficult. It has been very difficult. Not to say not pursue it. I do think it is a decision that takes a lot of consideration, and ask yourself honestly like, “Why do I want to do this? Is this worth it?” I think there are a lot of low-risk ways to try to validate the problem, idea, the product, and then de-risk it for yourself, and then jump into it. So then you’re more comfortable, and you’re really able to focus on it, rather than worrying about financial security.

[0:26:17] CS: I think that was really well put. So there’s certainly an element of sinking or swimming in starting a new business venture and going full in to see if it works. But unfortunately, that’s not conducive to necessarily financial security or stability. That’s something that we really want to highlight on this podcast too, is that it’s amazing to step into these nontraditional roles, and there’s so much opportunity, but there’s so much variability in how that can be done. A lot of it also comes down to the risk tolerance of the person who’s going to end up making that jump. Where does your risk tolerance lie? Are you really risk averse? Are you going to need to try a bunch of things while you’re still in your financially secure position? Or are you going to be better off taking a huge leap of faith and you’ve got a high-risk tolerance, and you can figure these things out as you’re kind of flailing along?

Everyone is really different, and I think that was really beautifully put about. There’s ways that you can make this a lower-risk jump, while still staying in your current position. Because starting a new company is extremely difficult, like we talked about – there’s so many things you don’t know that you don’t even know until you’re forced to face them with aspects of the business and finances. I just think that was really well said, and thank you for that insight.

[0:27:39] NP: Yes, of course. Just one thing I want to add is, I think one thing I realized over, and over, and over again is, nobody has the answer for you. Literally, nobody knows. I think one of the things, particularly as a first-time founder, I seek out a lot of advice, and there are so many conflicting advice, yet everything is valid. I say that to say, I think some people will probably in this topic in particular like, “Oh, you should take the risk when you’re younger because like it makes sense. You just have less obligations.” Others might say, “Oh, it’s better till you have financial security. You have some kind of leeway to make investments, and then still – if it doesn’t work out, you still have kind of a lot of savings that you can leverage.

But I mean, none of these are really like answers. It’s like, I think only you can figure out what is right for you. So I think just having a lot of honest conversations with yourself is probably the only thing.

[0:28:55] CS: Well, hey, you know what, that answer is very valid, along with the million other answers that you can get from a bunch of different people. I kind of want to shift this conversation a little bit into the evolution of the profession alongside technology. I feel like you’re in a great position to maybe speak to what you think pharmacy will look like in the coming decades. So, I have – it’s a totally loaded question, and there is no right or wrong answer. I can see your face on the screen right now.

But I have a lot of very progressive thinkers and pharmacy entrepreneurs in my orbit, and that’s just a constant conversation piece. What is pharmacy going to look like when a lot of traditional dispensing roles can be outplaced and outpaced with technology? So you’re in a position where you worked a lot with computer information and artificial intelligence and you’ve got a company that’s really relying on those things. What do you think pharmacy is going to look like in the next couple of years, and just any advice for pharmacists that are maybe a little hesitant to address the technology evolution that’s upon us?

[0:30:12] NP: I personally think pharmacy is a huge opportunity area, or just healthcare industry overall. That’s because I think it’s a lever that hasn’t been pulled as much, leveraged as much. Because when I share what I’m doing with Pharmesol, a lot of people actually – their reaction is, “Wait, that like makes so much sense. Why is this not happening today? How come nobody’s asking me if I’m doing okay or how I’m doing?” It’s so obvious when you paint a picture of how it could be, but that’s not the case for a lot of people. That’s why I say, I think there is so much untapped potential and opportunity here for our society, but also for healthcare organizations. That’s partly because I’m bullish on healthcare moving towards value-based care.

I mean, you see these value-based care organizations that are being very profitable because they’re taking on the risk, but they’re also realizing those rewards, which is why I think we will just progressively increasingly move towards value-based care, and what levers do we have to really improve health outcomes. 

I mean, there could be multiple, but I think pharmacy is an obvious one, and leveraging more pharmacists to provide this care. This is also a framework for our success as well because, as mentioned, we are able to really supercharge the clinical team, to be able to more efficiently, and effectively improve patient experience, and then patient outcomes. That’s what I think about the future of pharmacy.

[0:32:21] CS: I love that. I love supercharging the clinical team. I don’t think I’ve heard that phrase before. But I love the evolution of really moving towards value-based care. I completely agree with you. I think that that just has to be the direction that we need to move in order to provide outcomes that can be financially sustainable, but also just supercharging the clinical team with using a pharmacist. It’s so hard on a national level to even measure this because every state uses pharmacists so differently, which is certainly a barrier. But really loving the idea of the profession is underutilized overall. And being able to finally leverage us to practice towards the top of our license in positions like this, and in roles like this, I think will just be a complete game changer for the profession. I love your mindset and I love that you’re bullish on the value-based care model.

Natalie, I’ll kind of wrap things up. I’ve got three questions just to kind of roll off the tongue and provide a little bit of a well-rounded oversight with you being an entrepreneur in a non-traditional pharmacy space. But what is the most memorable thing or event that has happened to you since being a pharmacy entrepreneur?

[0:33:38] NP: Wait, this question is actually really hard. Let me –

[0:33:43] CS: Yes, take your time. It’s all good.

[0:33:43] NP: Most memorable? Okay, I think a couple of things come to mind. I think the first one is when we first put up our product. So we use text messages, and then when I got the first text message from our system, that was pretty exciting. The other thing was, once we started working with patients, patients sent us this response with thank you with the heart emoji. For some reason, I didn’t expect patients to be using emojis. We work with a primary care clinic and it’s a lot of like elderly patients, right? I mean, they text us, but for some reason, I didn’t expect them to send us an emoji. So like, I remember seeing that and just being really happy about that.

[0:34:39] CS: Something so simple and so common, just seeing it put it all together.

[0:34:45] NP: It was very inspiring. I was like, “It was all worth it.”

[0:34:49] CS: No, that’s very cute. That’s so meaningful too, especially coming from the patients. That’s when you know it’s reached your end user, it’s finally making a difference, certainly emotional. What is your favorite part in general about being an entrepreneur and taking ownership of your career path?

[0:35:06] NP: I think this also is in two parts. One is that, I love learning. I think that sort of has been like the North Star in my career, in every role I had. That’s like what I wanted to do, just understand more, learn more. I think entrepreneurship is a great place to do that because so many things I don’t know.

[0:35:30] CS: Endless.

[0:35:31] NP: And so many problems to solve. I think the other is the autonomy. Like, “Okay, here’s this problem, and I’m going to solve this problem today” or “I’m going to do something about it.” That feels really, really empowering.

[0:35:50] CS: I love both of those. You’re right, being your own boss, it’s great to have the autonomy to do what you want. But there are always problems to solve, and you will always be learning. A great combination of two things for you to be successful as an entrepreneur. Last question I have for you is, one piece of advice for anyone that’s contemplating a non-traditional career path.

[0:36:14] NP: One advice. I would say, I would tell them to do something about it. I think that’s maybe one thing that I might be better at than sort of like average people, like execution. It’s not that I’m like doing something well, but I’m doing something. I think that has sort of eventually kind of led me to this path. This can include things like reaching out to people that you want to connect with, and learn, and hear about their story. Or listening to this podcast, I think would be a great example of doing something about it. But I think those are the actions you take, I think eventually become your experiences, and then insights to making decisions in the end. 

[0:37:08] CS: That’s great, great response. Natalie, if the viewers want to reach you and want to take some more action, where is the best place that they can learn more about Pharmesol or connect with you?

[0:37:21] NP: Yes, so I’m pretty active on LinkedIn, so they can find me on LinkedIn. Or my email is [email protected], so they can reach me through my email as well.

[0:37:35] CS: Perfect. We’ll link both of those things in the show notes. We’ll also link the direct website to Natalie’s company, Pharmesol if you want to really see what the product looks like, and learn more about the company. But Natalie, thank you for being here today. We love having pharmacists that are really pushing the profession forward. I think that’s exactly what you’re doing, and it’s beautiful to see, really the pharmacy profession evolve in a meaningful way alongside technology. It was so insightful to hear your responses, and your viewpoint, being a working, living example of someone who’s going to be really successful in that space. Thanks for being here today.

[0:38:16] NP: Thank you so much. I’m super excited to be working with pharmacists, and empower them, and inspired by them as well. Thank you so much for having me. 

[0:38:27] CS: Perfect, thanks.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:38:30] JW: Hey, this is Justin again from the YFP team. Thanks for tuning in to today’s podcast. If you’re a pharmacy professional, you know how crucial it is to have access to reliable drug information. That’s why we’re excited to tell you about Pyrls, today’s podcast sponsor. Gone are the days spending hundreds of dollars for access to drug information. Pyrls offers top drug summaries, clinical teaching points, a drug interaction checker, calculators, and guideline reviews all in a user-friendly resource. Whether you prefer accessing information to your web browser, a Chrome extension, or mobile app, Pyrls has got you covered. Plus, for a limited time, you can visit pyrls.com to get access to more than 25 free pharmacotherapy charts to get you started. Upgrade your drug information resource today with Pyrls. Visit pyrls.com. That’s P-Y-R-L-S .com to learn more. Thanks again for listening.

[OUTRO]

[0:39:23] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide, and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog post, and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacist unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates publish. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 326: #PharmGradWishlist: Supporting Racially & Ethnically Minoritized Pharmacist Trainees


Drs. Lindsey Childs-Kean and Britny Brown share their work with #PharmGradWishlist to support emerging racially and ethnically minoritized pharmacy trainees.

Episode Summary

It is no secret that there are minorities underrepresented in pharmacy despite the evidence suggesting that racial concordance matters. Joining us today are two individuals, Lindsey Childs-Kean and Britny Brown, who are committed to improving representation by supporting emerging racially and ethnically minoritized pharmacy trainees. You’ll hear about the incredible PharmGradWishlist organization, what its mission is, why it’s important, and how to get involved.

About Today’s Guest

  • Lindsey Childs-Kean is a Clinical Associate Professor in the Department of Pharmacotherapy and Translational Research with the University of Florida College of Pharmacy. She earned her PharmD degree from University of Florida and completed a PGY1 residency at Tampa General Hospital and a PGY2 Infectious Diseases residency at the South Texas Veterans Healthcare System.  Her teaching, research, and practice interests include infectious disease pharmacotherapy and professional development of students and new practitioners. She is active in many professional organizations, including being a member of the PharmGradWishList Leadership Team and an Associate Editor for the American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education.

  • Britny Brown, PharmD, BCOP is a Clinical Associate Professor at the University of Rhode Island. Her clinical practice site is Smilow Cancer Center in Westerly, RI, where she focuses on the management of patients receiving oral anticancer therapy. Britny also has a passion for health equity. She is co-chair of the Diversity and Globalization Committee within URI’s College of Pharmacy, is a leadership team member for PharmGradWishlist, and is a member of the HOPA DEI Advisory Group.

Key Points From the Episode

  • Welcoming Lindsey Childs-Kean and Britny Brown and why they were drawn to this field.
  • All about PharmGradWishlist and what the goal is. 
  • How PharmGradWishlist got started and what inspired our guests to get involved. 
  • Why underrepresentation matters in this profession and healthcare at large. 
  • The differences between internal and external support for minorities in the pharmacy field. 
  • Financial issues minorities, in particular, face as they transition to pharmaceutical residency. 
  • How listeners can learn more about PharmGradWishlist and get involved in their mission. 
  • What’s in the cards for the future of PharmGradWishlist.

Episode Highlights

[PharmGrad Wishlist’s] mission is to promote equity by sponsoring racially and ethnically minoritized pharmacists and pharmacists’ trainees as they progress through the profession.” — @HemeOncPharm [0:03:32]

“Racial concordance does correlate to improved health outcomes, increased patient satisfaction, decreased emergency room utilization, and decreased health care utilization.” @HemeOncPharm [0:13:25]

What we’re focused on doing with PharmGradWishlist is supporting those individuals who are in pharmacy school and in the pharmacy profession, as they move through the profession.” — @corevalues5 [0:16:28]

“We’ve told you about what we’ve done [in] the last two years and we really think we’re just getting started [with PharmGradWishlist]”@corevalues5 [0:24:55]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:01] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here. Thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome Lindsey Childs-Kean, and Britny Brown to the show to talk about PharmGradWishlist and the vision they have to support racially and ethnically minoritized pharmacy trainees. We discuss the inspiration for PharmGradWishlist, the impact that it’s having, and how others can get involved. 

Before we jump into my conversation with Lindsey and Britny, let’s hear a brief message from YFP team member Justin Woods. 

[YFP MESSAGE]

[0:00:33] JW: Hey, Your Financial Pharmacists community. This is Justin Woods here, Director of Business Development at YFP. You may be one of the 13,000 pharmacists that have already signed up for YFP Money Matters, which is our weekly newsletter, but if you’re not, what are you waiting for? I want to invite you to subscribe. We send financial tips, recommendations, the latest podcast episode, and money resources, all specifically for pharmacists. It all comes straight to your inbox every Friday morning, so visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/newsletter, or click the link in the show notes to subscribe today. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/newsletter. See you there. 

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:19] TU: Lindsey and Britny, welcome to the show. 

[0:01:21] LCK: Thanks for having us, Tim. 

[0:01:22] BB: Thank you so much. We’re very excited to be here.

[0:01:24] TU: Lindsey, let’s have you kick us off by introducing yourself to our listeners, including what drew you into the profession and the work that you’re doing now. 

[0:01:35] LCK: I’m Lindsey Childs-Kean. I’m a clinical associate professor at the University of Florida College of Pharmacy. My clinical area of specialty is infectious diseases, but I do most of my time as a faculty member teaching and mentoring pharmacy students. I could talk a long time about how I got into pharmacy school because I took a very weird trajectory to pharmacy school. Basically, I ended up making the decision that in looking at the healthcare system, there was so much that pharmacists could do that I wanted to be a part of that. So, that’s why I went to pharmacy school. Then I also have a master’s of public health degree and my specialty was global infectious diseases. That’s how I got into the infectious disease area and did two years of residency, including an infectious disease residency after pharmacy school. 

[0:02:25] TU: Great. Britny, how about for you? 

[0:02:27] BB: Yeah. Thanks for having us. I’m a clinical associate professor, as well, at the University of Rhode Island. My area of focus is oncology. I would say my trajectory into where I am now started with just being interested in pharmacy, learning more about medications, and how we can improve health outcomes. Getting into cancer care, I was initially really intimidated, because it’s a different language, but seeing the impact that we can have is what drove me towards specifically working with that patient population. 

[0:02:59] TU: Great. Well, we are excited to have both of you. While you had great pharmacy careers, that’s not what we’re here to talk about today. We’re going to be focusing rather on the work that you and others are doing in leading through the PharmGradWishlist. Britny, let’s start with you. Tell us more about PharmGradWishlist. What’s the mission? How did it get started? What’s the goal? What are you trying to achieve? 

[0:03:21] BB: Absolutely. PharmGradWishlist is a mutual aid organization of 10 practicing pharmacists across the country that make up our leadership team. Our mission is to promote equity by sponsoring racially and ethnically minoritized pharmacists and pharmacists’ trainees as they progress through the profession. We did model this after a similar movement in the medical community called MedGradWishlist. It’s evolved to more than just wish lists. That part stems from individuals, trainees usually, making Amazon wish lists and what they need to enter into their pharmacy profession. 

It might be a variety of different things, office supplies to help them get started, study materials, and sponsors nationally can work through and identify individuals they’d like to sponsor as they enter their career. In addition, we’ve also created a scholarship program for the last two years now going into our third year for individuals that are seeking postgraduate training. We have some stats with that. 

Our first year, we sponsored $2,500 scholarships. In our second year, which was 2022 through this spring, we sponsored 39 scholarships. That encompassed actually just 85 unique donors. The large vast majority of donors actually contributed a significant amount to our sponsees. We really hope to continue that momentum and bring our movement to other people’s attention. I’ll let Lindsey talk a little bit more about what else we’ve done with our movement as well. 

[0:05:03] LCK: Yeah. Also, to note, in addition to that number of scholarships that we’ve done over two years, we also have had well over a hundred wish lists each year that have been available for sponsors to choose to support our sponsees. Outside of the wish lists and scholarships, those are obviously our two really big initiatives that we do each year. We’ve also been able to work with a number of racially and ethnically minoritized trainees in publishing, commentaries, and other types of articles. 

We have at least five published papers to date, depending upon when this goes live. If something else might be published by then, and we’ve got some others in the works. So, we encourage the listeners to go read those publications. We also – because we are recruiting sponsors and sponsees, we put a big focus on communications. We have a website. We also have a blog, where we will write about different issues that are related to racial and ethnic concerns. 

We’re also active on multiple social media platforms. So basically, if there’s a social media platform, we’re probably there. One other thing that we have looked or to expand out is partnering with other pharmacy organizations, both national and state level and regional organizations. These take different flavors of what we do to help support their trainees in that particular area or within their mission and scope. 

[0:06:37] TU: If I heard the two of you correctly, really three major areas, scholarships, wish lists, and now on the publication dissemination of information with an expansion going out to organizations and opportunities for them to get involved as well. Really incredible work. First of all, congratulations. I mean, to see the grassroots efforts of that. I mean, 20 to 39 scholarships. I mean, that’s a big impact. There are over 300,000 pharmacists in the country, right? Britny, I think you mentioned somewhere in the 75, 80-ish donors that went –

[0:07:11] BB: Yeah. 85 donors this year Yeah.

[0:07:13] TU: 85. What an awesome opportunity. We’ll talk about that at the end of the show, as well. For folks that want to get involved. Let’s do it, right? Great work that’s being done, but also great opportunities that are still to be had as you look to grow the impact that your work is doing. Lindsey, my question here is why get involved with PharmGradWishlist, right? There’s lots of different opportunities to give back, to be involved. Certainly, this is an investment of your time, as well as the others that are on the leadership team. What really is the motivation for you to get involved? 

[0:07:46] LCK: Some of our backstory is that pharm, the leadership team really formed over the social media platform that used to be called Twitter. One of our leadership team members said, “Hey, there’s this MedGradWishlist thing going on. Why don’t we do it in pharmacy?” It was an informal call for others to get involved. The more I looked into it, I really gravitated towards the very tangible method of support. It’s one thing to donate money or time to a big national organization, but you don’t always know where that money and time and effort are going to. Whereas with this, I know very specifically. 

If I buy a set of scrubs for a trainee who’s going to be starting residency in a couple of months, that’s very tangible or if I donate money towards a scholarship, I see that money going directly to that recipient. It’s a very tangible way to support our efforts to diversify and make our profession more equitable. That’s what drew me to PharmGradWishlist. 

[0:09:01] TU: Yeah. I really like what you said there. I recently had on the podcast, Tom Dauber, who has a career in advancement and giving, working with institutions, most notably colleges of pharmacy. One of the questions I asked him is what are donors often looking for, right? Is there making a selection or a choice of a gift? He talked exactly about what you said impact, right? Being able to see or feel directly, not only that there’s an alignment there of something that they care about, but that they also can be able to see that change or see the impact that that gift is happening. Britny, what about for you? What was the motivation, the inspiration for your involvement? 

[0:09:39] BB: Similar to Lindsey, I was just felt very lucky that our colleague Betsy had reached out to us, identifying that we’re all like-minded individuals that wanted to see change in terms of representation in our profession. I think probably similar to many of our listeners, not many of us knew where to start, right? There was an infrastructure that existed to help make that change. I think that’s what PharmGradWishlist provides, right? That tangible impact that Lindsey was talking about, but also giving you the infrastructure. 

Hopefully, it makes our supporters easily able to access that, right? To see change tangibly in a short period of time, but also to not have to do much work to get there. You just click a link, provide your money or decide what you want to give to someone on their wish list. It’s really as easy as five minutes of your time. 

[0:10:36] TU: You guys have done a great job with the website. I think it very succinctly talks about what you’re doing, why you’re doing it. For those that are eager to go look at that, we’ll mention at the end as well, link to it in the show notes. It’s pharmgradwishlist.org. Again, it’s pharmgradwishlist.org. I want to talk a little bit, and Britny, I’m going to start with you and Lindsey, feel free to jump in as well. 

There was a commentary that the two of you, as well as a group of others, were involved with, published in JAPhA in 2022, we’ll link to it in the show notes. The title was Brighter Horizons: The Necessity of Concentrated Sponsorship Targeted Toward Minoritized Student Pharmacists. Talking a lot about the why and the how of what you’ve been building at at PharmGradWishlist. Britny, perhaps an obvious question, but one that I feel needs to be asked is, why does this mission matter? Why does under-representation matter in our profession and health care at large? 

Let me read one passage from the commentary and then get your take on it. That passage is, “Since the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy began reporting data on races and ethnicities of student pharmacists in 1985, students who identify as Black, Hispanic, or Latinx, American Indian, or Alaska Native have enrolled and graduated at disproportionately lower rates compared with their demographic makeup and the US population.” Why does that matter? 

[0:12:00] BB: That’s a great question. I’m so glad that you’re asking it. I think we hear a lot of representation matters, right, regardless of whether we’re talking about pharmacy, medicine, politics, seeing oneself in their profession helps others to envision that they could potentially one day be there. We’re pharmacists. We like data. There is data that exists in the healthcare realm that having representation improves health outcomes. 

Much of this data stems from medicine, doctors that have decreased morbidity and mortality when they have racially concordant providers. That’s there. We know that it decreases mortality with physicians. Unfortunately, that data hasn’t been found yet in pharmacy specifically, however, there has been data that looks at how we improve adherence just by being racially concordant. One could potentially extrapolate that to say, if you’re more adherent to your diabetes medications, you’re more likely to gain control of your diabetes, likewise with hypertension and cancer. 

I think that it’s just an opportunity for us to do more research in this area. It’s something that we’re certainly advocating for our pharmacy colleagues to pursue, but we do know that overall, within medicine, that racial concordance does correlate to improved health outcomes, increased patient satisfaction, decreased emergency room utilization, and decreased health care utilization for sick visits and things like that. There’s certainly a precedent that we could set with our research if we have the resources to pursue it. 

[0:13:49] TU: Which goes back, I think, so well to the mission, right? You’ve got some tangible opportunities for people to get involved in needs that are there right now. Then when you talk about the research, the publication, the efforts as more individuals, as more organizations get involved in this, obviously those resources can be really important to allow that research work to be happening and hopefully to add to the literature, you know, what’s currently is missing in the pharmacy profession. 

Let me continue to put you on the hot seat while I have you there, Britny. In the commentary, it also mentions, “Dismantling structural racism within pharmacy programs requires evaluation of internal and external factors and creation of novel methods to support these students in a holistic manner.” What are a couple key points as it relates to internal versus external and the difference between those? 

[0:14:37] BB: Yeah. That’s a great question too. I like to think of internal as within our own pharmacy programs. Whatever structure we have in place, which might include policies, procedures, our institutional status quo, what have we been doing for the last 100 years that might be inherently racist and how do we examine that through an equity lens to see how we might better support our students, right? What microaggressions are occurring in the classroom between professors and students, students to students that we can improve upon to make students feel like they are empowered to succeed in school and then their profession. How do we retain our diverse learners? 

Then externally, I would think of that more as how do we bring diverse people into our profession. Externally, as you said, we don’t have good racial representation. How do we, in a world that is inherently racist, engage people who hadn’t traditionally seen themselves in our profession or maybe don’t have the same opportunities to accessing postgraduate training as an example? I think those are – that’s the lens that I view it in. I think there’s a lot of different nuances to it that we probably can’t – don’t have the time to get into today, but maybe just some surface-level viewpoints. 

[0:16:03] LCK: Yeah. I think one of the things to take away from this is one initiative is not going to solve all these problems. PharmGradWishlist has a very specific mission that we’ve already laid out. We’re not going to do anything about those upstream factors that are preventing diverse groups of people that are getting into pharmacy school, but what we’re focused on doing with PharmGradWishlist is supporting those individuals who are in pharmacy school and in the pharmacy profession, as they move through the profession. We at this point aren’t able to tackle every problem out there, no initiative is. We had to pick something to focus on. This is, as we’ve said, a very tangible way to support the individuals so that hopefully, they are able to bridge the issues and structural racism that they’ve had to face to get to the point that they’re even at. 

[0:17:05] TU: Yeah. Speaking of very specific ways to get involved, Lindsey. One of the things that that commentary I think does a nice job of calling out is when we think about residency as just one example, of other efforts that you have ongoing. One thing is that even in talking about this every week some of the connections that may not be so obvious is, hey, traditional financial aid, right, which can lead to student indebtedness and other challenges, but there’s access to resource there does not extend to those additional costs, right? 

When we think about what we often see as somebody who goes through their P4 year, they transition into residency or in a fellowship, it is a very difficult financial time, right? Especially if they’re applying out of state, application costs, licensure, moving, new things that come with any type of transition like that. Just talk more about why that transition is so important and why PharmGradWishlist is wanting to really have an impact. For that group where, again, financially, it may not play a role in being able to support those students. 

[0:18:10] LCK: You’re absolutely right, Tim. Students get a set amount, a set maximum amount of money every year. That doesn’t matter if you are all of a sudden in your last year of pharmacy school and want to pursue postgraduate training and in all likelihood, that’s going to entail some professional clothing to do an interview, likely travel to do interviews, although more and more programs are doing virtual interviews, which that does sometimes help level the playing field a little bit. Those things just to get to the interview point.

In addition to the fees for applications through forecasts and all of that. Then once you get to, as you mentioned, the transition financial aid ends after that last semester. There’s licensing fees. There are moving fees. Lots of different things that happen. A lot of our students, once they start their first job, they are also in the process of setting up some kind of living arrangement, an apartment or house or something like that. These wish lists are meant for them to put whatever it is that they need for that. 

Again, I bought everything from reference textbooks, to kitchen utensils, to scrubs, to really nice-looking pillows so that they can sleep well off of these wish lists. Not having some financial backing of parents or other individuals is very common in our students and trainees who come from racially and ethnically minoritized groups. They don’t have that extra cushion, like I did in pharmacy school where I was like, “Hey, dad, I need an extra $500.” For whatever it was when I was transitioning to residency. A lot of them don’t have that. That’s where the wish lists and the scholarships come into play, where that is again, tangible money or items that they need in those times where money is probably even more tight than it is to begin with. 

[0:20:28] TU: Yeah. I think the further, well said, the further we get from graduation or some of us were in these shoes. I think the harder it is for us to remember the feeling that that was, right? I often talk with students and those transitioning that just have this overwhelming feeling as if they’re drowning financially, right? They’ve got these things that they want to pursue, but there’s just so many transition things that are happening. Obviously, student loans are coming back online. They’re making moves, as you mentioned. 

We actually have an article on our site. I was just pulling up as we were talking here that Brandon Dyson from TLDR wrote a few years ago on the cost of the pharmacy residency quest, and he broke it down into three phases, the application, the mid-year trip, and then the interview. That doesn’t even account for any of the costs with the transition, right? Once you actually start that residency. When you start to add these things up, like in the application, you’ve got registration for the match, registration for payment for the forecast applications, potentially transcripts that you have to acquire. 

Then you have the mid-year trip if you’re pursuing that and all of the travel and costs that come with that. Then obviously the travel and costs that come with the interview as well. You start to stack some of this up and it adds up. That typically is a year where financially, because experiential rotations are often a significant financial burden for students. This is something even on top of that as well that causes some stress. Such a necessary, I think effort to help those students in the transition. 

Britny with that in mind is people are listening to this and say, “Hey, I want to help. I want to support. I want to get involved.” Whether that’s with the scholarships, whether that’s with the GradWishlist, whether that’s just staying up to date with what you guys are doing, some of the research that you’re doing. What’s the best place that people can go to learn more and as well to get involved with support? 

[0:22:21] BB: Absolutely. Our website that you mentioned pharmgradwishlist.org is a great place to start. You can actually sign up for our email list at the bottom of the website. If you scroll all the way down, enter in your email, any page on that website to stay up to date on what’s going on. We will send out communication with scholarships and wish list go live. In addition, we have social media platforms on Twitter or X as it’s now called, as well as Instagram on both our handle is pharmgradwish. Then on LinkedIn, we are PharmGradWishlist. You can find us on Facebook as well. 

[0:23:02] TU: Awesome. What about individuals? I think many people listening are probably interested in getting involved as an individual, but if someone is a leader within an organization, whether it’s an association, as was mentioned previously, whether it’s a for-profit company and they want to get involved with making a donation. Are there opportunities for organizations, companies to get involved as well? 

[0:23:25] BB: Absolutely. I think probably the best way if you’re interested in having a higher level of support would be to email us at [email protected] or you could contact us through our website. Either of those should be good ways to get started. That being said, if you are an institution, we have had individuals rally their departments and their colleagues to support scholarships. We’ve had a few instances where they supported multiple scholarships, which was amazing. 

Then of course, just helping to get the word out is extremely impactful. As we mentioned earlier with our scholarships, we had 85 sponsors. Imagine if we could reach even 1,000, which is still just a fraction of practicing pharmacists in the United States. So, help us get the word out, share through your institutional newsletters and email lists serves when the time comes that our scholarships are live and wish lists are live. 

[0:24:27] TU: Awesome. We’ll link to that email address as well. You mentioned [email protected] for those that want to reach out with questions or I know we have business owners listening. I know we have organization leaders listening that can either, potentially, get involved from a donation in that standpoint, individually or getting their constituents and members involved as well. Lindsey, what does the future hold? What are some of the future directions for ParmGradWishlist? 

[0:24:53] LCK: Yeah. We’re excited. We’ve told you about what we’ve done the last two years and we really think we’re just getting started. We’re looking into additional partnerships with national pharmacy organizations to expand our reach to both trainees that could be sponsees, as well as sponsors to help support our sponsees. We are looking into pursuing nonprofit status. Up until now, it’s been just us doing the work, but we’re looking to potentially be more formal as a nonprofit organization. Which we do hope that if we pursue that and then eventually get a 501(c)(3) designation. We hope that will also drive interest in supporting our initiative. 

Then as we expand, we have also talked about maybe setting up a committee structure, where we might be able to bring additional people on board to do some of the work of the initiative. Again, the website and being signed up for the email listserv are the best places to keep up to date on how all of those things, progress. Highly recommend going to the website pharmgradwishlist.org and signing up for the email alerts. I promise we don’t send very many. It’s only when we have big things that are happening. 

[0:26:15] TU: Awesome. Well, that will be the challenge to our community. Make sure you’re informed with the work that is being done at PharmGradWishlist. You’ve got the website pharmgradwishlist.org, you can sign up for the newsletter if you’re ready to make a donation and get involved. You can do that as well. Let me wrap up our time by reading a couple of the words of support that you have from sponsees on your website that I think encapsulates so well the impact that you all are having and the work that is being done. 

The first one is from a 2021 grad who said, “I wanted to reach out and thank you all for the amazing work you’re doing with the PharmGradWishlist. You’ve taken the time out of your busy schedules to do this wonderful act of kindness for your future colleagues and it hasn’t gone unnoticed. As a graduating student, I am awe-inspired by the amount of care and effort you have put into this initiative. Thank you for all your hard work. You are changing lives.” 

From another recent grad, “My goals after graduation are to care for the underserved population and bridge health disparities through direct patient care as a community pharmacist in my home state. Going forward, I hope to become a mentor to other first-generation, Asian-Americans with goals of becoming a pharmacist as I know how difficult it can be when it comes to preparing and applying for a competitive program with little guidance. With graduation just around the corner, I am extremely grateful to PharmGradWishlist and the entire family for helping me transition from a student pharmacist to a pharmacist.” 

Amazing words there. I think just so well, really again encapsulate the work that you all are doing. The impact that it has and for those that are looking to get involved to make a donation, the impact that that donation is going to have. Britny and Lindsey, thank you so much for taking time to come on the show to share the journey and I look forward to following the success ahead. 

[0:27:54] LCK: Thanks so much for having us, Tim. 

[0:27:56] BB: Thank you.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:27:58] ANNOUNCER: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment.

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 325: Retirement Roadblocks: Identifying and Managing 10 Common Risks (Part 2)


YFP Co-Founder and CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD and YFP Co-Founder and Director of Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, RICP®, wrap up a two-part series on 10 common retirement risks you should plan for.

Episode Summary

While a lot of emphasis is placed on the accumulation phase when preparing for retirement, there is considerably less focus on simple strategies for turning assets into retirement paychecks, for example. This week, Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker wrap up a two-part series on 10 of the most common retirement risks you should be planning for. Today, Tim and Tim cover the five remaining risks: frailty risk, financial elder abuse risk, investment risk, work risk, and family risk. 

Key Points From the Episode

  • A brief recap of part one. 
  • Frailty risk and what its major financial effects are. 
  • How a good support system and a clear living situation can be a solution to frailty risk. 
  • Financial elder abuse risk, why it often goes unnoticed, and how to mitigate it.
  • Why unity among siblings is important to avoid financial abuse of elders. 
  • Insight into investment risk and its subsections. 
  • How ensuring that your paycheck isn’t tied to the market can solve market risk. 
  • The value of flexibility and inflationary protection to protect yourself from investment risk. 
  • How liquidity risk plays a role in investment risk. 
  • Sequence of return risk and how it can damage your overall retirement sustainability. 
  • Work risk and some of the reasons that you might have to retire early. 
  • How planning for retirement readiness at different ages can assist with work risk. 
  • What re-employment means and how it affects work risk. 
  • How the loss of a spouse affects the person left behind financially and how to mitigate this. 
  • Ways that having unexpected financial responsibility can affect your retirement plan. 
  • Why having a third party you can trust to help with unexpected risks is helpful.

Episode Highlights

“Studies have shown that, the longer you retire, the more your mental health decreases over time.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:03:25]

“Involve trusted family members [to avoid elder financial abuse].” — @TimBakerCFP [0:10:16]

“You mitigate market risk when a lot of your paycheck is – not tied to the market.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:14:12]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.8] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrick here, and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast where, each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom.

This week, Tim Baker and I wrap up our two-part series on Ten Common Retirement Risks to Plan For. Now, in planning for retirement, so much attention is given to the accumulation phase but what doesn’t give a lot of press is how to turn those assets into a retirement paycheck for an unknown period of time. When building a plan to deploy your assets during retirement, it’s important to consider various risks to either mitigate or avoid altogether and that’s what we’re discussing during this two-part series, where today we cover the five remaining retirement risks, including frailty risk, financial elder, abuse risk, investment risk, work risk, and family risk.

Make sure to download our free guide that accompanies this two-part series, Retirement Roadblocks: Identifying and Managing 10 Common Risks. You can download that at, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirementrisks. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirementrisks. 

Before we jump into my conversation with Tim Baker, let’s hear a brief message from YFP team member, Justin Woods.

[YFP MESSAGE]

[0:01:11.5] JW: This is Justin Woods from the YFP Team with a quick message before the show. If you listen to the YFP Podcast, you may learn something every now and then, either from Tim Ulbrick, Tim Baker or one of our guests. A lot of people listen to this show but they may not execute or implement the things they learn. As pharmacists, we know the impact of non-adherence on patient outcomes and their overall well-being. 

As a pharmacist myself and part of the YFP Team, I talk with pharmacists every day who are confused about how to implement financial knowledge. Pharmacists share with me that they are treading water financially, maybe took a DIY approach, reached a plateau, and are confused about what to do next, or those who work for decades can see the light at the end of the tunnel and feel uncertain about how the next chapter will unfold. 

If that sounds like you, one, it is not uncommon to feel that way, and two, does it make sense for us to have a conversation to see if YFP Planning can help you? Visit yfpplanning.com or follow the link in the show notes to find a time that works for your schedule.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:02:16.9] TU: Tim Baker, welcome back.

[0:02:18.7] TB: Good to be back Tim, how’s it going?

[0:02:20.1] TU: It is going well. Last week, we started this two-part series on 10 common retirement risks to be planning for. We talked about things like longevity risk, we talked about inflation risk, we talked about excess withdrawal risk. Listeners can tune back to that episode. We’ll link to that in the show notes if they didn’t already listen, and we’re going to continue on.

So number six on our list of 10 common retirement risks to plan for, number six is frailty risk. Tell us more about this.

[0:02:49.0] TB: Yeah, so this is more related to – it’s a risk that as a result of either mental or physical deterioration of your health, mental health, physical health that you as a retiree might not be able to have sound judgment in managing your financial affairs or care for your home, those are the two big ones. 

So just like we talked about in the last episode, like, with long-term care and a long-term care risk, this is one that people are like, “Oh yeah, this is important but it’s not going to happen to me” and you know, what studies have shown is that you know, the longer that you retire, the more your mental health decreases over time. 

So this is going to be, you know, where we really want a good support system. So a solution here is if we work longer, obviously, our mental acuity, our mental sharpness kind of stays intact longer. We’re not as isolated, there’s lots of studies about depression and loneliness, Tim, you know, creep in.

A lot of things that have not really been talked about as regarding retirement in the past and I think a lot of this points back to some of the frailty risk. So having a good network involving your family to have help, whether it’s with decision-making or chores, hiring someone to manage money or a trustee is another good solution here. 

Set up a power of attorney for you know, the financial situation. It can even be you know, things like healthcare. Probably a big thing that I often hear is having a good discussion and analysis of like the living situation, right?

[0:04:40.9] TU: Yes, yes.

[0:04:41.1] TB: So a lot of people as they age, they might not necessarily want to move out of the house where they raise their family. A house that might be three, four, or five bedrooms that has a big yard, lots of yard work, lots of housework. Maybe stairs to go up and down and because of the – you know, kind of the emotional attachment to the house, it’s just hard for the retiree to move on and you know, potentially downsize or you know, move into a townhome or a condo or a community that is different. 

That’s probably has one of the biggest effects on the frailty risk. You know, if you’re less likely, I think, to kind of be exposed to this risk if you have, again, more people around you that are dealing with the same thing. We mentioned a trust, so potentially putting assets in the living trust that are basically managed by the trustee which could be used as a retiree and then you could have a successor-trustee, which can be a family member or family members.

But the whole thing I think is to kind of you know, plan for this. You know, we want to make sure that we don’t necessarily have to go through the courts that we can kind of do this preemptive, even simplifying the finances. So things like you know, direct deposit, you know, automatic withdraw for bills, you know annuities, checks coming in the door rather than you know, having to make decisions regarding, “Okay, how much should I withdraw this year?”

These are all things that I think would help, you know, simplify and make this risk, not avoidable but mitigated, Tim.

[0:06:14.2] TU: Yeah, and as we wrap up the previous episode, part one, talking about the importance of planning for this early, right? So here, we’re talking about potentially deteriorating mental or physical health. You know, obviously, if and when that happens, guess it’s just a matter of time, right? For all of us but if and when that happens, we don’t want to be making these decisions in that moment, right?

So, how can we be having these conversations in advance? You talked about an important one that often comes up around housing, what’s the desire? You know, I’m thinking about things like legacy folders and making sure you’ve got good systems and documentations in place. I think the housing one comes up so often, you know? I’m thinking about even my own family. Like, sometimes it’s just hard to cut through the noise on this because you know, you gave one example where people may want to stay in their own home, I think that’s a common one.

The other one that I see as well is where people are adamant on like, “Hey, I don’t want to be a burden on the family. So, just put me in a facility.” It’s hard sometimes to cut through the noise of like, where does the true desire and how is that being projected and you know, maybe there’s an interest and a willingness and the financial means for children, you know, to be able to care for their elderly parents and that’s a desire, you know? 

For them to do but you know, you can’t get through some of those conversations. So just again, I think in a point of advocacy for talking through as much of this as possible, as early as possible, and for those that are listening where you know, maybe they have adult children that are going to be important caregivers, you know initiating that conversation with your adult children and those that are the children that have aging parents, you know, initiating those conversations as well.

[0:07:49.6] TB: Absolutely.

[0:07:50.8] TU: Tim, number seven, one that’s not fun to talk about, one that we have to just given, you know, the reality of what it may be, which is financial elder abuse risk.

[0:08:00.5] TB: Yeah, and this is the risk of being – basically being taken advantage of because of frailty. So these are kind of linked, Tim, and I saw a stat out there that this can cost anywhere from like, three to 36 billion dollars a year or something like that. It’s insane and probably the biggest culprits of this is people that the retiree knows and knows well. So that could be an advisor, financial advisor. 

It could be a family member, so adult children are probably the bigger abusers of this but 55% of these cases are family members, friends, neighbors, or caregivers, and the crime or the abuse can be anywhere from bad advice to fraud, barred against the person’s home. Theft, which could either be, you know, cash, taking money out of accounts, using credit cards, embezzlement. 

You know, misuse of power of attorneys, and unfortunately and I think it’s why it’s so hard to kind of like put a number to this, in terms of like what the losses are is that the abuse often goes unnoticed because you know that retiree can be embarrassed. They really don’t want to punish those that are close to them or they have fear of losing care that is being provided even though they’re being abused or even reprisals. 

And it’s one of the things that you know, as an advisor, even though we’re on that list of abusers, that we’re kind of trained to look for and ask questions in terms of like, “Okay, is there something going on? You know, what is the cognitive ability of this person? Are they making sound judgment? You know, who in the family is involved?” That type of thing.

And there’s been you know, I’ve heard of cases where it’s like, Mr. Jones is having USD 50,000 of work you know, done to his kitchen at 85 years old and that doesn’t necessarily make a lot of sense but it could be a contractor that’s kind of taking advantage and sometimes, Mr. Jones, it’s a little bit of – it’s being taken advantage of but it’s also could be like they like the company, you know?

So I think you know, a major solution for this, I would say is you know, involve trusted family members and I underline trusted and I underline the asset members. It’s a little bit of checks and balances. You know, if you have you know, two siblings that are kind of looking after, hopefully, they’re not both, you know, criminally minded but I think it’s good to have a few people that are you know, over-watching so to speak, the situation.

I think as much as the person, the retiree can protect themselves by staying organized, tracking possession, tracking their assets, you know, as much as they can open their own mail, sign their own checks, manage their investment, manage their statements, their investment accounts, their bank accounts, you know set up direct deposit as much as they can for social security checks or annuity payments.

That can again, help, not necessarily avoid but mitigate some of the exposure to this risk. You know, screen calls, solicitations, you know, get second opinions on, you know, we come across things even with clients where like, “Is this legit?” You know, like clients that are in their 30s, 40s, 50s and sometimes are like, “Uh, it’s not.” 

So you know, get a second opinion and make sure that we’re kind of hyper-aware because this is a big problem unfortunately and it’s tough to kind of diagnose and see and you know, at every angle, you know, because often the person that’s being abused is like for what I mention, is not necessarily willing to kind of come forward with this.

[0:11:54.5] TU: Tim, I have to bring it up since you mentioned siblings. I think this is an area where there’s so many dynamics, right? Every family’s different but you know I think that when you’re dealing with assets and estates and you know obviously, one, at the end of the day, is going to get assigned as a power of attorney and you know, people that are in are not in the will and whether those conversations are transparent or not. 

I feel like, any sibling dynamics, you know, you can just put a magnifying glass on them here. So you know, Cameron Huddleston, who we were referenced in a previous episode and we had her on a few episodes ago about initiating some of these financial conversations with your parents, talks about the importance of sibling conversations in unity, ideally, easier said than done, to then be able to obviously translate that with parents as well.

[0:12:40.4] TB: Yup, absolutely. 

[0:12:41.9] TU: Tim, number eight, investment risk, we talked about this briefly in the first part of this two-part series but I think it warrants going a little bit deeper. 

[0:12:50.8] TB: Yeah, so, investment risk, I’m kind of going to break this down into kind of sub-risk to this. So what I really want to kind of address here is market risk, interest rate risk related to the investments, liquidity risk, and then kind of come back to the sequence of return risk. So if I take these in turn, market risk is really the risk of financial loss resulting from movements in market prices. 

So, unfortunately, Tim, the market just doesn’t kind of increase steadily. As we go, we have lots of you know, ups and downs and twists and turns with regard to the market which often makes us kind of queasy as – and I would say, even more. I feel like for me when I first started to invest back in my 20s, you know, I would kind of feel those investments and I’ve kind of got to a point where I get zen and I try to like not pay attention to it because again, it’s not going to affect me until hopefully 30 years in the future when I do retire.

[0:13:46.6] TU: You should do some market meditations, right? Like – 

[0:13:48.6] TB: Yeah, exactly but for a retiree, who you know, like their paycheck and their livelihood is kind of tied to the market, I could see how that could be overwhelming and distracting. So a solution here is I think, I really strive for balance and flexibility. So, we kind of mentioned in the past, like a flooring strategy.

So you mitigate market risk when a lot of your paycheck is not coming or not tied to the market. So that’s where we you know, are essentially, we’re looking at essential expenses and we’re saying, “Hey, my essential expenses or my basic needs are covered with an annuity” or social security or very low risk, you know, government securities like treasury bonds. You know, treasury bonds, notes, that type of thing and we’re good.

The other part of that is allocation. So obviously, a lower percent of your portfolio in equity, you know, particularly leading up to retirement is going to be important to kind of mitigate market risk. So even in some of the – you know, the dot com crisis, the subprime mortgage crisis, you know, the COVID crisis, like the market is still doing this but if you have less equity exposure, it might not be Rocky Mountains ups and downs. 

It might be Appalachian Mountains ups and downs, where it’s a little bit smoother but I think, knowing what your allocation and what your glide path is, actually approach retirement is going to be important and then you know finally, I think for this particular risk is kind of going back to flexibility. 

So if you’re in a year where the market is down and maybe inflation is up, you know, inflation is up, like maybe we say, “Okay, we’re not going to take that USD 15,000 out to go travel.” you know, do this huge cruise or make this, “We’re going to forego that and see when the market kind of recovers and then we’ll kind of assess it from there.” So flexibility of like, what you’re withdrawing and when I think is going to be important with regard to market risk. 

The other ones, Tim, interest rate risk. So this is related to investment risk. So this is the risk of the change in value of an asset as a result of volatility in interest rates. So what does this mean? This essentially means that when interest rates go up as they have been over the last couple of years, the price of bonds go down. So there’s an inverse relationship. So, the price of individual bonds and bond mutual funds decreases. 

So when interest rates go down, the price of bonds go up. So this is not necessarily a concern when bonds are held to maturity or what I was mentioning in the last episode, a bond ladder. So if I buy a year, a bond, or six-month bond that basically, you know, comes up at the end of the next or at the end of this year or a year, 18 months, or whatever that looks like, if it holds maturity, the fluctuation in interest rates do not affect the bond price.

So you’re kind of inoculated from that. It’s when you kind of are coming in and out of bonds, that’s where it becomes problematic. The other risk associated with this is and I’ve seen this, so one of the things that I – because I’m a nerd, but one of the things I do with my emergency fund is I buy 12 months CDs every quarter. So I have a quarter one CD. So let’s pretend I have USD 20,000 in my emergency fund. 

10,000 might be in the high-yield savings account, 10,000 might be split up between four CDs and you can kind of think of these as like bonds. So Q1, I have 2,500, January one. Q2, April one, so on and so forth. So as prices, as interest rates have gone up, if I look back 12 months ago, man, I look at that interest rate, I’m like, “Man, that’s really low”. So when I renew, Tim, the – what I’m getting in terms of interest is a lot higher. 

The opposite came true, and this is what’s called reinvestment risk. I could have this bond that I just bought at five or you know, the CD or bond that I just bought at 5% but in a year or two years, it could be at 3% and then that’s the reinvestment risk. So that’s another risk that we have to, you know, kind of be aware of. So I think the biggest they hear is, again, things that are inflation-protected. 

So any type of income stream or investment that has inflationary protection like tips or strips, any type of COLA protection that’s going to really – what’s going to be to help reduce that risk and then finally with – or not finally, the third one is liquidity risk. So this is just basically the inability to have assets available to financially support unanticipated cashflow needs. I don’t think that this is a risk that’s really inherent just to retirement, we all have this at all times. 

It might be a little bit harder to overcome because we don’t have – we don’t necessarily have cash flow from like a set job but planning for this, you know kind of plan as best you can for what could happen. So what are the situations and then what levers can we pull? What are the assets that can be sold? You know, what are things that can’t be sold, which you know, assets that can be sold. 

It could be things like stocks and bonds and things like that. Maybe not so easily, it could be a business interest or real estate. You know, what are some other things that we can talk about to pull? Whether that’s life insurance, a HELOC, a reverse mortgage, and then one of the best reasons to employ a systemic withdrawal strategy is because of the flexibility. 

Because you have this pot of money that you can reach into and say, “Okay, I didn’t think needed USD 30,000 for X but now, because that money is there and I can put it into liquid form and pour it” then you know, that’s one of the things, versus, if you were to say, “Hey, I’m going to put all my money to an annuity” that’s not flexible and that’s not liquid.

So it allows you to change your strategy in the face of you know, new information, new situations, and finally, the last one here and again, Tim, we could probably do a whole episode on sequence of return risk is this is the risk that the timing of your withdrawals from a retirement account will damage your overall return and really like sustainability.

So when you withdraw from a bare market or when the market is down, it’s more costly than if you draw – you make that same exact withdrawal in a bull market. So this is – so what we’re saying is that a large negative return during retirement, so during that risk zone, that eye of the storm of you know, 10 years before retirement, 10 years after retirement, has a much bigger impact on wealth accumulation and success in retirement than a negative return outside of that.

You know, so that’s why I’m saying that at 40, you know, I get zen because I’m like, “It doesn’t really affect me if the market goes down 40% because I know I have 30 years for it to recover” and it’s going to go down 40% a couple of times probably over the next 30 years but if I’m retiring in five years, I’m worried, Tim. 

And again, like that’s where we have to be as safe as we can, you know, throughout our wealth accumulation journey is right in that zone, you know, five to 10 years before and five to 10 years after and this is when your retirement accounts are most vulnerable to investment returns and if you think about it, it kind of makes sense because this is typically, Tim, where you have the highest balance. 

[0:21:29.9] TU: That’s right.

[0:21:31.2] TB: So wealth rises rapidly as you approach your retirement date due to the fact that you’re putting in probably the most in contributions you ever have because you know, a lot of people are like, “Oh, I didn’t do enough of this, I need to make up, I got to catch up” because of investment returns and compounding.

So that’s when you’re – you know, and the research says that in a defined contribution plan, say, like a 401(k), this is interesting, you accumulate half the value of the account in the final 10 years of savings. So we say save early and often but what moves the needle most is in the last 10 years. In the early years of savings, additional contributions can replenish account losses but later, the contributions are a much, much smaller needle mover than it is like investment losses or gains.

[0:22:21.2] TU: Yeah, and Tim, just to put – you know, I was thinking about this because I think it’s harder, especially if folks are earlier in their career to understand kind of the numbers of this. If you’re nearing retirement, you have a three-million-dollar portfolio, as you mentioned, one part that’s going to keep driving that up is typically your, maybe you feel like you had to play catch up or you’ve got more discretionary income at that phase.

You’re hyper-saving, trying to max that account but even if we just look at that three-million-dollar portfolio and assume something like a 5% return in that year, you know, USD 150,000 of growth that’s going to happen in that portfolio in that year, right? And you know, people that are early saving, the timeline to get to 150 can feel like forever, and here, we’re talking about 150 of growth in a portfolio just in that single year. So I think that makes sense.

[0:23:05.4] TB: Yeah, and if you compare that to what you can legally contribute, that’s the big thing.

[0:23:11.8] TU: Oh my gosh.

[0:23:12.7] TB: Whereas like, you know now, you’re like, “Oh, 20,500, that’s like, that might be a third of my savings.” So it’s huge. So really, what the research shows that the magnitude of the impact of a large negative investment return or shock grew as the shock occurred closer to retirement. 

[0:23:34.8] TU: Yeah, exactly. 

[0:23:35.7] TB: So it’s like if the epicenter is – if the epicenter of that shock is close to age 65 when you retire, the consequences are greater than if it were at 58, which makes sense. So for sequence risk, the order of returns becomes a far more important concern in that span of time over the breadth of the entire portfolio, particularly in accumulation, it’s the average return that matters, right? 

So one of the things that I often say is like, “Hey, you don’t need a lot of bonds in your 20s, 30s, 40s” and I would even say even your 50s unless you’re retiring in your 50s, you don’t need a ton of bonds. So you want to almost have like a cliff, where you’re very much like pedal to the metal, you know you’re primarily in equities and then when you get to that 10-year, that’s where you start shifting, downshifting considerably. 

So like a hard break versus what a lot of people do is they kind of glide into it. So in their 40s, they put a little bit more bonds, in their 50s they put a little bit more bonds and so on and I just think that and I understand why, you know, you’re kind of easing into it but I just think you leave a lot of meat on the bone with regard to investment returns but the same is true is like you kind of have to like you know, you kind of have to get into that period of 10 to 15 or 10 years pre-imposed retirement date and then start adding equities back in, which a lot of people don’t do. 

So the solution for this is asset allocation and whether you follow on collide path or not in terms of you know, percentage of equities to bonds. Knowing what that is, we often see in the accumulation phase I think not the proper asset allocation, so too heavily in bonds and then closer to retirement, actually too heavily in equities. So if you have one of those shocks where the market is down, that’s where we have to have real conversations of like, “Hey, maybe we need to push out retirement to the market.” 

[0:25:34.3] TU: Retirement date, yeah. 

[0:25:35.6] TB: The market corrects. Again, flexibility; allow for changes and what is what’s wrong. So if it’s a down market, you know either decrease the amount that we’re withdrawing or actually that the entire – shift the entire equation where you know, we’re not retiring this year or next year, we’re retiring when the market recovers and then another solution is to kind of get out of the game or at least partially convert a portion of the portfolio to an income annuity, which essentially you know, means less overall volatility because you have that income for in place. 

[0:26:10.7] TU: Yeah, Tim, great overview. The investment risk to your point, we probably can and should cover this in more detail in future episodes and I think flexibility keeps coming back as a theme but I want to acknowledge how hard that can be, right? When you talk about something like, “Hey, maybe shifting your retirement date” makes a whole lot of sense objectively, right? 

If I had planned a retirement age, I’m listening of you know, 2026 and we see the market tank in 2025 like I’ve been mentally preparing for retirement in 2026, that’s a hard thing to consider but I think that open-mindedness and the options to be able to pursue some of those things that gives you more of that flexibility to maximize your portfolio is going to be really important. The other thing I just want to mention that we see a lot because especially folks that are maybe introductory in terms of investing or learning or aren’t working with a planner. 

I’m thinking about a lot of folks that are investing heavily in target date funds, where we maybe see some of that conservative investing happening too early, in my opinion, in the portfolio, yeah. 

[0:27:12.5] TB: Yeah and just to go back to what you’re – yeah, I completely agree it is and again, not every target date fund is created equal. We actually crack those target date funds open and you can see the allocation, you know something then might be 2035. You know, if you stack up a 2035 or 2055, you know target date fund, what is in target date fund A is going to be, you know 2035 is going to be a lot different than what’s in a target date fund B that’s in 2035. 

But to go back to your other point, you know like and we’re going to get into this in the next couple of risks here, sometimes like you’ve mentally said, “All right, I’m going to work for another two years” sometimes that decision is made for you and that could be hard. So then what do you do? 

So I think a lot of these risk is like if you can kind of maintain as much control over your destiny and I think part of this is having options, particularly with things related to work, it allows you to kind of pivot and adjust and kind of parry some of these things that are thrown at you because I keep saying, “I want to retire at age 70” you know? I mentioned earlier in the first episode of this is like that might be out of my control and you know, that’s something else we have to account for. 

[0:28:36.5] TU: Yeah, if Mike Tyson were listening, he’d say, “Everyone has a plan until they get punched in the mouth” so yeah. 

[0:28:41.0] TB: Yeah, exactly. 

[0:28:42.4] TU: So let’s talk about that, work risk is number nine on our list. What is that? 

[0:28:46.5] TB: So again, I’m going to break this down into some sub-risk. So the first one would be forced retirement risk. So this is the risk that work well and prematurely because of poor health, disability, job loss or to care for a family member because of some of these issues and this is an eye-opening stat, Tim, is 40% of retirees retire earlier than they plan and it’s really because of one of those issues, health, job loss, caring for a family member. 

This happened to my dad. My dad tells the story, you know, when we try to talk about this, you know his company was bought by another company. He was kind of duplicitous, you know, kind of at the tail end of his career and he was laid off. So it was – so if he was planning to retire by X and his portfolio and all, we had to kind of reconfigure, jostle things around, and make sure that we’re planning accordingly. 

So I think having like a pulse on kind of your retirement readiness at different ages, “So okay, what happens to my plan if I have to retire 10 years before I want to?” So for me, it will be 60, right? 65 like what happens. 

[0:29:54.8] TU: Yes, zero, one, two, three. 

[0:29:56.3] TB: Yeah and you know, what happens to my lifestyle, you know, what do I have to – like are there things that I, other levers that I can pull? So one of those I think is career. So I think staying current, you know learning new skills. You know I think, Tim, like we’re naturally like this as like lifetime learners and always trying to you know, self-improve. That’s not everyone’s cup of tea but I think maintaining your network. 

I don’t know the last time I actually put my resume together, Tim but I think that would be something that you would want to do. It is a lot easier to kind of brush that up every year or so versus kind of cracking that open every decade. Are there – is there opportunities to pivot to consulting, to kind of work on your own? I think a lot of people paying attention to severance policies and negotiating benefits related to your career is going to be important. 

Another thing to kind of you know, mitigate the health stuff is maintaining a healthy lifestyle. So you know diet, weight, sleep, exercise, and potentially reducing stress by cutting back hours. So we kind of mentioned of like a glide path of going from a one to a point eight to a point six, you know to work in a couple of hours here and there. So I think that can potentially allow you to work part-time longer into retirement by maintaining a healthy lifestyle, maybe meditation, all that kind of stuff. 

The second work risk we talk about is re-employment risk. So this is the inability to supplement retirement income with employment due to kind of down job markets, poor health, or if you’re caring for others. So I think for my dad, you know when I happened to him you know I think it was hard for him because he had worked for the same company for 40 plus years to actually go into market and interview and do something else. 

So for him, it was kind of more about like comfortability and he really didn’t have anything else outside of that where he could consult or do part-time. Like I’ve heard people like drive a bus for a school and liking that because you know, they’re connected to kids or turning hobbies into profit-making activities. I was talking with my brother and his fiancé last night because we were actually talking about, “Hey, when do you want to retire, and when is that?” 

You know, one of the things that he brought up that I thought was interesting, he’s like, “I think I’d love to do like a bed and breakfast.” That’s cool. You know, he likes to cook, he likes to host, so I think that would be something that would be good for him. 

[0:32:37.3] TU: That is cool, yeah. 

[0:32:39.4] TB: Planning on earning significant income in retirement may be unrealistic for a lot of people. There are certain industries where it’s very easily, you can very easily kind of pivot to a consultant role and make just as much money as you would working full-time but that’s not necessarily the case for a lot of people. 

So I think kind of again, planning for this, talking through this, and understanding you know, what are some things that you can potentially lean on or pivot to in the event that what you thought was a short thing, which was like your employment is not so much and again, I think this often is one of those things where it’s like, “Hey, that’s not going to happen to me.” 

[0:33:25.4] TU: Yeah. 

[0:33:25.8] TB: I think this has probably evolved over time, right Tim? Because again, it’s rare where you find someone like my dad that’s worked for the same company for 40 or 45 years. So I think our eyes are a little bit more open to this risk but I think what maybe might not be is the fact that like, “Hey, your health or someone close to you” or something like that could affect your timeline, so to speak for retirement. 

[0:33:50.1] TU: Yeah, and as you’re talking Tim, I’m thinking about many people in our community of which many of them have been on the podcast where you know I think they may intentionally or unintentionally are preparing themselves for something like this and the risk you’re talking about, right? They’ve got you know, maybe they’re investing in real estate in a variety of ways, they’re working a full-time job. 

They’re doing some consulting, they’ve got a side hustle, they maintain an active network, you know, they’re constantly developing their skills, right? Just multiple strategies of diversification that I think help mitigate against some of the risks that you’re talking and maybe they’re not even thinking about it in that way, it’s coming from an area of energy and passion but it can be really helpful as we talk about strategies to plan for this type of risk. 

[0:34:33.3] TB: Yeah, absolutely. 

[0:34:35.0] TU: All right, number 10 on our list is family risk. Take us home, Tim. 

[0:34:41.4] TB: Yeah, so the two kind of sub-risk that we would talk here is kind of the loss of spouse risk and then unexpected family financial responsibility risk. So the loss of spouse essentially is where you know, I’ll use myself, I retire at 70. I think I’m going to live at least to 87 or 95 and I pass away unexpectedly at 72, right? So the problem often with that is you know, you’re often, for many spouses, you’re kind of known two social security income streams, right? 

You know, so one of those goes away, you keep the highest one but the problem – so you still have all of the assets. The spouse will inherit all the assets that are in their name obviously but what typically doesn’t reduce is a lot of like living expenses, right? So your food might go down but you’re still going to have to pay if you have a mortgage. 

[0:35:41.9] TU: Property taxes, yeah. 

[0:35:42.8] TB: Or you know, rent or things like that, tax, all of those, your utilities are going to be very similar. So just because your income or a good chunk of your income could be cut in half or even a third, your expenses don’t and what we’ve seen at least with baby boomers is that you could be a widow or a widower for 15 or 20 years. So it’s not like you know one and this happened where one spouse dies and the one will die within a year or two. 

I mean, but that does happen but you could have long periods of time where you’re by yourself. There was a stat that I saw that was really interesting Tim, was within five years of a death of a spouse, 40% of widows become impoverished. 

[0:36:29.9] TU: Wow. 

[0:36:31.1] TB: That’s insane to me and I think if I had to guess, I don’t know this Tim, but if I had to guess, I would think that that’s probably again, people that are lower income that might like a huge chunk of their livelihood is in disability. So if a good chunk or not, disability, social security, so a good chunk of that goes away, so you have two paychecks is now one, you know that could be very problematic for kind of sustainability of overall wealth.

But that to me was eye-opening and I’ve heard that before with husbands will say like, “I just want to make sure my wife is taken care of if I’m gone” and again, I don’t want to get into much of like gender roles and things like that. 

[0:37:17.4] TU: Sure. 

[0:37:17.8] TB: But I still think that that exists in a lot of relationships, particularly older couples where you know, one partner handles the money and the other one doesn’t or has an interest in the other one doesn’t. So you know I think the solution for this is and I’ve talked to people in the past is like, “I want a relationship with like an adviser where I trust them because even when I’m gone they’re going to take care of the person, you know, my spouse.” 

So I think having a relationship with that, with like a planner I think can be important. I think involvement, you know I often say this with couples of all ages, you know the more that you are involved with your plan. 

[0:38:00.6] TU: Absolutely, yes. 

[0:38:02.0] TB: And the more you are engaged with the plan like both of you, I think the better the results will be but I also understand that there’s some like, there’s some couples that there might be engagement in the front end and then maybe one spouse kind of you know drives the train after that but then often what happens is like again, if that spouse dies like they kind of have to reengage is necessarily like the easiest thing. 

So you know, what are the contingency plans if this were to happen? Even sometimes like when we – so if we were to say, “Hey Tim, you know we’re going to peel off a quarter million dollars of your portfolio to provide an income for you and Jess.” What’s attractive about those payoff schedules is like the one that just pays your lifetime is the highest but we would want to say, “Okay, let’s have a joint life payout.” So it would pay you as long as one of you are alive but that benefit is going to be lower. 

[0:38:54.8] TU: Yeah. 

[0:38:55.4] TB: So decisions like that, you know if you have second-to-die policies or you know again, social security claim, and there is a lot of people that they don’t look at the layers of that decision that says, “Okay, even if Tim is in poor health than Shay, if I have a larger benefit that I want to defer that I should defer, that benefit grows and then when I pass away, Shay takes that on.” 

So some of that, some of those nuances aren’t necessarily you know, evaluated. So those would all be things that you know again, it’s not just the abrupt, “Okay, the husband is gone or the wife is gone,” these are things that we have to bake into the plan as we go because you know, things like social security or you know, payouts and things like that have to be decided. So it’s not just the abrupt, “Okay, what happens once that happens in that moment?” 

It’s the multitude of decisions that you have to make potentially leading up to that and then lastly, it’s the unexpected financial responsibility risk. So this is kind of the risk of failure to launch, Tim. Like, “Hey, I’m 40 years old. I just lost my job” or “I’m divorced. I’m moving back in with mom and dad” or you know, care of a grandchild or because parents have problems with the law or drug addiction.

These things happen you know and sometimes, we can kind of put this thing in like a liquidity risk of like unanticipated events but I would say like those would be things that I would want as a planner to know like, “Is there a possibility for this and if this were to happen, what do we do?” 

[0:40:40.8] TU: Yeah. 

[0:40:41.3] TB: So that’s another you know, risk associated with family. Families can be great obviously but sometimes, you know that’s kind of my biggest fears. You know, I want to make sure that as I’m raising my kids and I know it’s the same, it’s true with you, Tim, like they can be contributing members of society that can you know, be self-sustaining but sometimes that’s even out of their hands, right? So we want to make sure that in the event that that happens, we can plan accordingly. 

[0:41:11.4] TU: Tim, as you talk about loss of spouse, a couple of things are coming up for me. One that’s timely, you know where Jess and I are working on, just updating your legacy folder that we created several years back but in our planning with Kelly from our team. You know, it’s a part of the process that we need to go back to and update it and you know to you comment about the importance of joint planning and all parties being involved ideally. 

Even in this situation where Jess and I feel like are both very well informed, I do take a little bit more of the lead but it is very much a shared agenda and execution and both of us engage with Kelly and the planning. You know, instructions on that legacy folder, while they’re spelled out as much as possible, you know for either one of us or in the event that both of us were to pass away, for our parents or whoever it be taking care of the finances and the boys, it’s, “Go call Kelly.”

Like someone we trust that knows this plan inside out, that has these documents, that understands all of the nuances and what is going on and that is so reassuring. Again, assumption is you have someone you trust. It’s so reassuring to know you’ve got a third party that not only is there to help you develop the plan but is there in the event of some of these challenging situations that may come up to make sure that we’re executing how we wanted it to be executed. 

[0:42:29.1] TB: Yeah, and I think what’s not covered in that like I love the idea of like, “Okay, Kelly is a safe haven. She has the documents, she knows your situation” I think it’s hugely, hugely important but I think what’s also not necessarily discussed in this is kind of like the emotional or social like you know, my parents were in town this week, last week and this week. It’s been cool because my brother has been in town too. So the three of us have been spending – my dad just turned 77. 

[0:43:04.9] TU: Baker pow-wow. 

[0:43:05.7] TB: Yeah, and we’re joking with my dad that like if mom passed away like I don’t think my dad knows how to do like a load of laundry. I love you Dad but he’s very much dependent on my mom over you know, decades and decades of marriage. If something were to happen to them like I think he would have to move in with one of us to live and I’m sure a lot of people are thinking about their parents and they’re like, “That’s my dad” or “That’s my mom.” 

You know, I think even that of the loss of spouse not just from a financial standpoint or like where are the documents or things like that, it’s kind of a day-to-day living in terms of like what am I doing or what can I do or what can I not do and who am I leaning on and you know, I think that kids are probably the first people that are in that role but I think like having those conversations before that happens where maybe there’s less emotion involved is smart. 

So it’s not just the numbers, it’s what’s the quality of life? What are the things that we’re going to do to move forward? And unfortunately, it is part of life and I think the more that you can kind of get in front of things just like anything else, I think the better result you’ll have. 

[0:44:28.6] TU: Yeah, the other thing to your point about the emotional journey that’s coming up is a throwback almost four years ago now but we had on episode 127, we had on Michelle Cooper, who wrote the book, I’ve Still Got Me: A Widow’s Journey to Love, Happiness & Financial Independence, lost her husband to suicide and talks about not only the importance of joint planning and shared understanding of processes and documentation but also navigating that in the midst of that emotional loss. 

Great interview, great resource. We’ll link to that in the show notes as well. Tim, this has been fantastic as we’ve covered in two episodes now 10 of these risks we need to be planning for and mitigating the best that we can. For folks that are listening, you know you heard a theme here of early planning. Obviously, we would love to have the opportunity to talk with you if you are interested in working more with one-on-one with a financial planner that you can trust. 

We’ve got a team of fee-only certified financial planners, tax professionals that work with pharmacists households all across the country at all stages of their career. You can learn more by going to yfpplanning.com and you can book a free discovery call from that site. Again, yfpplanning.com. Tim Baker, as always, great stuff. Thanks for the contribution. 

[0:45:41.4] TB: Yeah, thanks, Tim. 

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:45:42.4] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 324: Retirement Roadblocks: Identifying and Managing 10 Common Risks (Part 1)


On this episode, sponsored by First Horizon, YFP Co-Founder and CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD and YFP Co-Founder and Director of Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, RICP®, kick off a two-part series on 10 common retirement risks you should plan for.

Episode Summary

While a lot of emphasis is placed on the accumulation phase when preparing for retirement, there is considerably less focus on simple strategies for turning assets into retirement paychecks, for example. This week, Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker kick off a two-part series on 10 of the most common retirement risks you should be planning for. Today, Tim and Tim cover five of these risks, including longevity risk, inflation risk, excess withdrawal risk, unexpected health care risk, and long-term care risk. You’ll find out why thinking about retirement as “half-time” is a good idea, the different options for taking out annuity payments, and why it is important to think about your withdrawal strategy, as well as what a bond ladder is and why you should consider unexpected medical expenses. Whether you are nearing retirement or are still in the accumulation phase, this episode is full of valuable insights. 

Key Points From the Episode

  • Introducing our two-part series: 10 Common Retirement Risks to Plan For.
  • Background on why this topic is so important. 
  • A couple of important disclaimers before we dive into the first risk: longevity risk.
  • Viewing your retirement as half-time.
  • Setting realistic expectations and planning as best as you can.
  • Lifetime income: a careful analysis of Social Security claims and strategies.
  • Options for taking out annuity payments.
  • Thinking about your withdrawal strategy to mitigate longevity risk.
  • The risk associated with inflation.
  • Defining what a bond ladder is.
  • Why social security is one of the most important things to evaluate in retirement.
  • How higher rates of inflation have influenced Tim and the planning team’s models.
  • Whether or not there should be a glide path from a work perspective.
  • Excess withdrawal risk: depleting your portfolio before you die.
  • A quick recap of the bucket strategy.
  • Healthcare risk: facing an increase in unexpected medical expenses in retirement.
  • Different Medicare plans: Part A, B, C, D, and Medicare Advantage plan.
  • Long-term care risks, misconceptions, and potential solutions.
  • The tough conversations we need to have. 

Episode Highlights

“You get to the end of the rainbow and you have hundreds of thousands of dollars, millions of dollars. The question is how do you turn these buckets of assets into a sustainable paycheck for an unknown period of time?” — @TimBakerCFP  [0:04:02]

“Longevity risk is the risk that a retiree will live longer than – they expect to. What this really requires is a larger stream of lifetime income.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:06:48]

“There’s a whole other race to run after your career.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:09:44]

“The more flexible you can be with your withdrawal rate, the greater the portfolio sustainability will be.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:18:15]

“Essentially, in retirement, inflation could erode your standard of living.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:21:57]

“Abrupt retirement sounds sweet, but in reality, it’s really hard.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:29:37]

“It’s less about the actual return and more about the sequence of when that return comes that can affect the sustainability of [your] portfolio.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:35:55]

“You don’t want to get to a point where you’re having to go through the courts to get the care that your loved ones need. If you can avoid that at all costs, even if it means having an uncomfortable conversation – I think it’s needed.” — @TimBakerCFP [0:48:07]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, Tim Baker and I kick off a two-part episode on 10 Common Retirement Risks to Plan For.

When planning for retirement, so much attention is given to the accumulation phase, but what doesn’t get a lot of press is how to turn those assets into a retirement paycheck for an unknown period of time. When building a plan to deploy your assets during retirement, it’s important to consider various risks to either mitigate or avoid altogether. That’s what we’re discussing during this two-part series, where today we cover the first five common retirement risks, including longevity risk, inflation risk, excess withdrawal risk, unexpected health care risk, and long-term care risk.

Now, make sure to download our free guide that accompanies this series, that guide being the 10 common retirement risks to plan for, and you can get that at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirementrisks. This guide covers the 10 common retirement risks you should consider and 20-plus solutions on how to mitigate these risks. Again, you can download that guide at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirementrisks.

All right, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, First Horizon, and then we’ll jump into my conversation with YFP Co-founder and Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:01:24] ANNOUNCER: Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. We’ve been on a hunt for a solution for pharmacists that are ready to purchase a home loan with a lower down payment and are happy to have found that option with First Horizon.

First Horizon offers a professional home loan option, AKA doctor or pharmacist home loan that requires a 3% down payment for a single-family home, or townhome for first-time home buyers, has no BMI, and offers a 30-year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $726,200. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states, except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed.

To check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan.

[EPISODE]

[0:02:36] TU: Tim Baker, welcome back to the show.

[0:02:38] TB: Good to be back, Tim. How’s it going?

[0:02:39] TU: It is going. We have an exciting two-part series planned for our listeners on 10 common retirement risks to avoid. I think as we were planning for this session, just a lot of depth and great content, that we want to make sure we do it justice, so we’re going to take five of these common retirement risks here in this episode. We’ll take the other five next week. Tim, just for some quick background, one of the things we’ve talked about on the show before is so much attention is given when it comes to retirement, is given to the accumulation phase as we’re saving, especially for those that are maybe a little bit earlier in their career.

It’s save, save, save. But I even think for all pharmacists in general, that tends to be the focus, but we don’t often think about, what does that withdrawal look like, both in the strategy, which we talked about on the show previously, but also in what could be some of the risks that we’re trying to mitigate and avoid. Just give us some quick background on why this topic is so important as we get ready to jump into these 10 common mistakes.

[0:03:39] TB: Yeah, I think to your point, I think a lot of the, even the curriculum in the CFP board standards is very much focused on the accumulation phase of wealth building. I think there’s a lot of challenges and a lot of risks that you have to deal with during that phase of life and during that phase of wealth building. But I think what doesn’t get a lot of the press is like, okay, you get to the end of the rainbow and you have hundreds of thousands of dollars, millions of dollars. The question is, how do you return these buckets of assets into a sustainable paycheck for an unknown period of time?

While navigating a lot of these risks, I don’t know if it’s risk avoidance, Tim. I think it’s just planning for the risk. We’re talking about avoiding risk. Some of these, you can’t really avoid. You just have to plan for it. I think that what we’re finding is, I think the whole general rule of like, “Oh, I’ll get to the end and I’ll have a million dollars and I’ll put 4%, $40,000 a year for the rest of my life.” There are a lot of pitfalls to that. I think that hopefully, this discussion shines a light on some of that. I think it is just important because we think that the – the hard part is, hey, I just need to put assets aside, but I think equally as hard as, okay, how do I actually deploy these assets for a wealthy life for myself in retirement?

[0:05:04] TU:  Yeah, good clarification, right? Some of these, as we talked through the 10. Avoidance isn’t necessarily possible. It’s the planning for, it’s the mitigation, minimizing the impact, however, we want to say it. I think, what you articulated is just spot on, right? I think when it comes to retirement planning, saving for the future, we tend to view that nest egg number, whatever that number is, 3, 4, 5 million dollars, whatever is the finish line. So many other layers to consider there.

Not only getting there, which again, we’ve talked about on the show previously, and we’ll link to some of those episodes in the show notes and the strategies to do so, but how do you maintain the integrity of that portfolio? How do you optimize the withdrawal of that portfolio? If we’re doing the hard work throughout one’s career to be saving along the way, we want to do everything we can to get as much juice out of that as possible.

That’s the background as we get ready to talk through some of these 10 common retirement risks to plan for. Just a couple of important disclaimers; We’re not going to talk about every retirement risk that’s out there, of course, Tim, so there’s certainly more than 10. You’ll notice them overlap as we go through these. This is not meant to be an all-encompassing list. Of course, this is not advice, right? We obviously advocate that our listeners work with a planner, no matter what stage of your career that you’re in to be able to customize this part of the plan to your personal situation.

For folks that are interested in learning more about our one-on-one financial planning services, our team of certified financial planners and tax professionals, you can go to yfpplanning.com and book a free discovery call to learn more about that service.

All right, Tim. Let’s jump off with number one, which is longevity risk. What is that risk? Then we’ll go from there and talk about some potential solutions.

[0:06:48] TB: Longevity risk is the risk that a retiree will live longer than what they expect to. What this really requires is a larger stream of lifetime income. We’ll talk about that in a second. The hard part about this whole calculation, Tim, is that there are lots of unknown variables. Unfortunately, or fortunately, I guess the way – depends on how you look at it, I don’t know when I’m going to pass away. Social Security obviously has a good idea of what that is. When I was preparing for this episode, Tim, I looked at, I went onto socialsecurity.gov, and put in my – basically, my gender and my birthday. It comes back with a table and it doesn’t factor in things like health, lifestyle, or family history. But it essentially says that for me at 40 – oh, man, it’s tough to look at that, Tim. 40 years old in 10 months, that my estimated total years, I’m halfway there.

[0:07:47] TU: Halfway. I was going to say. Yeah.

[0:07:49] TB: I’m 81.6. Now, once you get to age 62, then it starts to go out. At age 62, it says I’m going to live to 85. If I make it age 67, then it says, hey, I’m going to live to 86 and change. Then at age 70, which is when I think I’m going to retire, Tim. That’s my plan, at age 70, 87.1 years. I think that for a lot of people, this is an unknown. I overlay like, okay, when did my grandparents pass away and things like that.

Some general stats, one in four will live past age 90 and one in 10 will live past age 95. I think these stats fly a bit in the face of Social Security, but maybe not. I think they factor some of this in. One of the big discussions that we have in our community is like, what should we plan to? What should we plan to? Should it be age 90? Should it be to age 100? We default to 95, which is right in the middle. For me, being in my 40s, it says 87.1-years-old.

I think, this unpredictable length of time really puts a huge unknown out there in terms of like, okay, because there’s a big difference between I retire at age 70 and I pass away at 87. That’s 17 years of essentially, senior unemployment retirement. Or if I live to 100, which is another 13 years. It’s huge. I saw a visual table recently, not to go on too much of a tangent, but it was like, your youth and then your college years was – If you imagine a square, was a shade on the square and then your career and then your retirement and your career and retirement in this visual were pretty close.

[0:09:33] TU: Which we don’t think about it like that, or I don’t, at least.

[0:09:36] TB: No, I don’t either. But I saw that. I’m almost eyeballing them, like, they’re pretty close. People think of like, “Oh, rat race and things like that,” but there’s a whole other race to run after your career. I think we overlooked the time on that. I do think that people will, because especially with a lot of the economic things people may be joining the workforce later, starting families later, maybe starting to save later, we’re living longer that it could push everything to the right a little bit. I think that could be one of the things that they do with Social Security is that maybe we don’t get our for retirement age of 67, then we get the for all credits at 70. Maybe they push those back a little bit. But it’s still a long time, Tim, is what I’m saying.

[0:10:23] TU: Yeah. It really is. As you’re sharing, Tim, it reminded me of a great interview I had with a retired dean and faculty member, Dave Zgarrick on episode 291. He talked about exactly what you’re saying in terms of that timeline perception. He was really encouraging our listeners to reframe your retirement date as essentially, half-time, right? We’ve got some opportunities to reset, reframe, and figure out, but it’s not the end of the game. There’s a whole other half that needs to be played. Obviously, here, we’re talking about making sure that we’re financially prepared for it, but there’s certainly much more to be considered than just the financial side of this as well.

I think the piece here that really jumps out to me, Tim, when people think about longevity risk is there’s really a lot of fear that I sense from individuals of – and the last thing I want to do is run out of money. I don’t want to be a burden to my family members. I really want to make sure I plan for this. The challenge, I think, here is there’s a balance to be had, right? We also don’t want to get to the end of our life and we’ve been sitting on this massive amount of money that maybe it’s been at the expense of living experiences along the way. I think this is just a really hard thing to plan for. To your point, I think a general number is a good place to start. So much of this literature on longevity comes down to family history, lifestyle, and other things that are going to help inform this.

[0:11:44] TB: I don’t think that you can – oftentimes, when we work with particularly younger pharmacists, we’ll get to a point and they’re like, “Hey, I got it from here. I’m good.” It’s almost like, they chunk the next five or 10 years of their life is autopilot. I always be – if I look back at the last five or 10 years of my life, it’s been anything but that. What I would say to, even in retirement, you have to take it year by year and you have to assess this year by year. I think, hitting the easy button and saying, okay, for the next five or 10 years, it’s going to be like this, is not great for your plan, right?

I think that’s probably if we talk solutions, we’re probably going to say this on repeat with a lot of these is like, you have to plan for this as best you can. Whether it’s set in a realistic expectation. For me, I think it would be irresponsible for me to say like, okay, 87 years old. I’m going to retire at 70, have set – and again, we’ll talk about this, too, is I might not retire at 70. I might have to retire a lot sooner than that. If I say, “Hey, 70.” Then I have to plan for 17 years, I think that would be really irresponsible. I think, set in realistic expectations in terms of life expectancy. Consider personal and family health history.

I think, you do pay a price, Tim, for a longer plan horizon, to your point, because you need more resources, which means that you have to save potentially more in your accumulation phase. Then when you’re in retirement, you have to be more conservative with what you’re withdrawing. That could lead to, again, you forgoing things today for a longer future, I guess, or being all sustained. That’s definitely one thing. It’s just, how do you best plan for that longevity?

[0:13:32] TU: You know, the other thing that’s coming up for me, Tim, as you’re just sharing this solution around planning for longevity is if folks end up erring on the side of your example, right? Social Security says one number. Maybe we’re planning 10 years further than that. Then there’s an interesting – certainly, you’re mitigating one risk, but you’re also presenting another risk, which is potentially having excess cash at the end of life, which obviously, there has to be planning done for that. What does that mean for the transfer of assets? Is there philanthropic giving that’s happening?

Then there’s a whole tax layer to that as well, right? In terms of, how are the taxes treated on that if we’re planning, perhaps, to not die was zero, but we may have additional funds that are there at the end of life. Just another great example, I think, of where financial planning comes together with the tax plan, and obviously, everyone’s situation is going to be different.

[0:14:21] TB: Another solution that would bring up for this risk, Tim, would be lifetime income. This is where I think, really a careful analysis of Social Security claims and strategies is needed. Because I think a lot of people, they’re like, “Okay, I’m 62. I’m eligible for my Social Security. I think, my parents died at 80. Probably going to die right there.” There’s a lot of things that I think we just blow through. One of the biggest retirement decisions is just going to be this decision on how and when you’re going to claim. Social security is a lifetime income. If you start claiming at 62, you’ll get that until you pass away. Start claiming at 70, and you’ll get a much greater benefit until you pass away.

There are not very many sources of income like that. Pensions might be another thing, but that would be one of the things that we would want to make sure that if we need X per month, or per year, a good percentage that is lifetime income, meaning not necessarily out of your portfolio, on a 401k.

Another way to do this is to transfer the risk of longevity to an insurance company by purchasing something like an annuity, so you can provide protection from the risk of dying young by purchasing a term certain. You could say, “Hey, I want this annuity to pay me for a lifetime and I’ll get a lesser amount, or for the next 10 years and I might get a higher amount.” But a lot of people are really not crazy about that, because they could give an insurance company $100,000 and then get one or two payments and die the next month or whatever. There are refund riders and things like that, so I think looking at that is something that definitely in the lifetime income.

I think, one of the things that people don’t know of, is if you have a 401k, a lot of people, they’ll take a lump sum and they might put it into an IRA. One of the things that you could do is take annuity payments for life out of that plan. What they essentially do is go out, most of the time they go out and buy an annuity for you. That’s a way to do it, instead of taking a lump sum, you can buy, basically, annuity payments from a 401k, that type of 403b. You can get lifetime income from insurance contracts, so cash value, life insurance, death benefit, there’s an annuity option.

This can even be true for a term policy. If I pass away and shay, most times will elect a lump sum, but you can say, “Hey, I want this payment for life, or for X amount of years.” Those securities are probably going to be the biggest ones, but then an annuity or something like that would probably be a close second to provide lifetime income for you to negate some of the longevity risks that’s there in retirement.

[0:17:04] TU: Yeah, a couple of resources I want to point our listeners to episodes 294, 295, you and I covered 10 common social security mistakes to avoid, along with a primer we did back on episode 242 of Social Security 101. Really reinforces what Tim’s talking about right here. Then we covered annuities on episode 305, which was our understanding of annuities, a primer for pharmacists. Certainly, go back and check out those resources in more detail. Probably lots of avenues to consider, but any other big potential solutions as people are trying to mitigate this longevity risk?

[0:17:37] TB: I think, probably the last one, and I mean, there are others, but probably the last big one I would bring up is probably, what is your withdrawal strategy? We’ve mentioned the rule of thumb of 4%, but I think that’s limited in a lot of ways. One is a lot of those studies are based on a finite number of years, i.e. 30 years from age 65 to 95, and we know that people are living beyond that 30 years that that’s been planned. That’s one thing.

For longer periods, the sustainable withdrawal rate should be reduced, but typically, only slightly. What’s left out of that, the 4% study is flexibility. The more flexible you can be with your withdrawal rate, the greater the portfolio sustainability will be. When the portfolio is down, and you can withdraw less, that allows you to sustain the portfolio a lot longer. Then, I think, the other thing that’s often overlooked with this is that typically, and we’ll talk about sequence risk, but typically, once you get through that eye of the storm retirement risk zone, you want to start putting more equities back into your portfolio.

I think, just the proper allocation strategy, which is where you’re considering portfolio returns, inflation, what your need is, what your flexibility is. Again, I think that becomes a lot easier, or palatable if you have, say, an income floor, or if you have a higher percentage of your paycheck coming from Social Security. All of these things are kind of, just like systems of the body are intertwined, but just your withdrawal strategy and allowing for that to sustain you for a lifetime is going to be very, very important along with some of the other things that we mentioned.

[0:19:19] TU: Yeah. Tim, I think there are a couple of things there that are really important to emphasize, that I think we tend to overlook when it comes to the withdrawal strategy. One of which you mentioned was that flexibility, or the option to be flexible on what you need. When we show some of these examples, we just assume, hey, somebody’s going to take a 3%, or 4% withdrawal every year, but depending on other sources of income, you’ve mentioned several opportunities here, depending on other buckets that they have saved, right? That flexibility may, or may not be there, which ultimately, is going to allow for us to be able to maximize and optimize that even further. All right, so that’s number one, longevity risk.

Number two is inflation risk. Tim, I think this is probably something that maybe three, four, five years ago, people were asking, hey, what inflation? Obviously, we’re living this every day right now. We’ve seen some extremes, although our parents would say, we ain’t seen nothing yet from what they saw growing up. What is the risk here as it relates to inflation?

[0:20:16] TB: We’re going to talk about inflation a few times in this series. What we’re talking about with regard to this risk is this is really the risk that prices of goods and services increase over time, right? The analogy or the story I always give when I talk about investments is that the $4 latte that you might get from Starbucks in 2020, 30 years might be $10, $11, or $12. If you look back at, I would encourage a lot of people that, hey, I had a conversation like this with my parents like, “What did you buy our house back in New Jersey?” I think they said, it was $41,000.

Now, when they – because they were – we were talking about what we bought our house at and the interest rates are like, it’s unbelievable. They don’t understand. I think this is a huge thing, especially with retirees, you’re thinking, or you’re dealing with a fixed income, more or less. The larger percentage of your income that’s protected against inflation, which social security is, which is another reason that it’s also very valuable is because it’s lifetime, but then basically, it gets adjusted by the CPI.

When you work, Tim, inflation is often offset by increases in salary, right? The employer has to keep pace as best they can –

[0:21:42] TU: Hopefully. Yeah.

[0:21:43] TB: Yeah. Or they’ll lose talent. In retirement, inflation reduces your purchasing power, so you don’t have an employer to raise. Now, like I said, you can think of social security like that, because they’re going to do that adjustment every year. But essentially, in retirement, inflation could essentially erode your standard of living.

Again, the first solution here is to plan for this. I would throw taxes in here, but even inflation is often overlooked in terms of like, how do we project these numbers out? What is a realistic estimate of inflation over the long term? I would encourage you, again, I’m a financial planner, so I’m biased, but I think using software and accounting for inflation almost by category of expense. We know that things like medical expenses, and the inflation for medical expenses is going to outpace a lot of other things, whether it’s fuel, utilities, or food, that type of thing.

That would be the big thing. I think overlaying some type of inflation assumption into your projections and seeing how that affects your portfolio, your paycheck is going to be super important. Another solution to this, Tim, would be going back to longevity. We talked about lifetime income. I’m going to say, not necessarily lifetime income, but inflation and adjust in income. Social Security, again, is the best of this. That we saw last year, I think it was – someone might have to correct me. It was like, 9% year over year. That’s pretty good.

If you were to buy an annuity, a lot of insurance companies won’t offer a CPI rider. They might say, “Hey, your payment in your annuity, you can buy a rider, which is going to cost a lot of money,” that it says, it’ll go a flat 2% or 3%. The insurance companies are not going to risk saying, “Okay, it’s with whatever the CPI is, because they’re not going to be able to price that accordingly.” Inflation-adjusted income.

Some employer-sponsored plans, like a pension, could offer some type of COLA increase. This is more typical in government pensions, government plans than it is with private plans. Like I said, you can purchase a life annuity with a cost-of-living rider, but it’s typically very limited and very, very expensive. You might get, for kicks, Tim, these are just round numbers. You might say, “Hey, give me straight up $1,000 as my benefit.” But if I add a, COLA rider, or something like that, it could cut it down to $800. Again, that’s not real numbers. That could be the cost there.

Then the last thing for this is to build a bond ladder using tips. A bond ladder is essentially, and we could probably do a whole episode on this, Tim, but a bond ladder would be, hey, basically, I want to build 10 years of income, say. Let’s say, I’m retiring in 2024, or let’s say, 2025. My first bond ladder might come due at the end of 2024. Then that’s going to give me $30,000 or $40,000. At the end of 2025, going in 2026, the second run of my bond ladder is going to pay me and basically, do that for the next 10 years.

Then essentially, what you do is you try to extend that ladder out. You might go to year 11, might go to year 12 as you’re spending that down. A good way to do that is with tips, which is an inflation security, an inflation-protected security. That’s one way to inoculate yourself from the inflation risk.

[0:25:14] TU: I looked up Social Security while you were talking there, you’re spot on. 8.7% in 2023. Yeah, that’s significant, right? I think especially for many folks and hopefully, as our listeners are planning, that won’t be as big of a percentage of the bucket for retirement. The data shows that across the country, it really is.

[0:25:33] TB: Yeah. I think, again, I think, when we’ve gone back to my own, it was something like, if I claimed at 62, I have to remember the numbers. If I claimed that 62, my benefit would be $2,500. If I claim at 70, I think it’s over $4,000.

[0:25:49] TU: Something like that. Yeah.

[0:25:50] TB: But then, if you then tack on the inflation on that, it’s just huge. Again, I think, that is going to be one of the most important things that you evaluate in retirement is the social security stuff.

[0:26:01] TU: One of the other thoughts that have gone to mind, Tim, as you were talking with inflation is just rates of return. We tend to, at least on a simple high level, right? We think of rates of return and a very consistent 7% per year. We know the markets don’t obviously act like that. We have huge ups, huge downs. We’re seeing that with inflation as well, right? We tend to project 2%, 2.50%, and 3%. But we lived in a period where inflation was really low. Obviously, we’re now seeing that bump up. My question for you is, as you beat this up with the planning team like, has this period of high inflation, at least higher than what we’ve seen in our lifetime, has that changed at all? Some of the modeling, or scenarios that you guys are doing long term?

[0:26:42] TB: I think, we’ve ticked it up a bit. I definitely think it’s probably too soon to say like, hey, for the next 30 years, we got to go from 3%, which has typically been the rule of thumb, to 5%. I think as we get a little bit further from quantitative ease in and putting a lot more money in circulation and we’re seeing the result of that, that I do see some modification of models and that’s going to be needed.

One of the things that the government and the Fed try to do is keep inflation at that 3%. I just don’t know if they’re going to be able to – the new norm might be keeping it as close to 4%, or 5%, right? I would say for me, and again, I try to keep on this as best I can, but I think for me, I think it’s a little too soon to tell. To your point, the reality is that I would say, less so for inflation, because I think there is a little bit of the thumbs on the scale with the government and the Fed, but we do see fluctuations in market returns. We’re seeing now more fluctuation in inflation.

I think, a lot of what I’m reading is that we’re probably at pretty much the end of rates going up. But I’m interested to see is like, okay, when they start to potentially reverse, or normalize, what is the new normal? I think if you put as much money in circulation as we have, I think this is one of the side effects, and we’re paying for that now.

[0:28:15] TU: The thing that’s coming to mind here as you’re talking about inflation risk and even tied to longevity risk is we often assume retirement is a clean break, right? You were working full-time, you’re no longer working full-time. For many folks, either based on interest, passion, or financial reasons, there could very well be some type of part-time work, right? Whether that’s consulting, whether that’s part-time PRN work, or whatever. To me, that’s another tool you have in your tool belt, when you talk about inflationary periods, or what’s happening in the market and whether or not we need to draw from those funds. Having some additional income, if you’re able and interested, could be an important piece of this puzzle.

[0:28:57] TB: We often think of a glide path in retirement. Meaning that, the closer we get to retirement, the less stocks we have, the more bonds we have, safety, that type of thing. I think, we have to start talking more about a glide path, like a work perspective, where you go from 1 to 0.8 to 0.6 to 0.2, or whatever. Then maybe, it’s just 10.99 PRN, or something like that. This is for a variety of reasons. It’s for the reasons that you mentioned market forces, and inflationary forces, I think even more so for mental health.

[0:29:29] TU: Mental health. Yeah, absolutely.

[0:29:31] TB: IR, like we talk about our identity and role and things like that and a soft landing. I think, abrupt retirement sounds sweet, but I think in reality, I think it’s really hard for, if you’ve been in the workforce for 30 years and there might be people that are like, “Nope. You’re crazy, Tim.” I talked about this and some retirees will probably roll their eyes. When I took my sabbatical, it was just a month, right? It wasn’t a ton of time. I literally was like “All right, I’m not going to touch work.” I’m like, “What am I doing?”

I guess, my thought process was I could see how it could be where you’re directionless, right? I spent a lot of time planning for just that month and I’m like, it was an interesting test case for me to be like, all right, I just need to make sure that when I’m positioning myself, I still have availability for meaningful work and other interests and things like that. Yeah. I mean, everything that you read is that the best thing to combat a lot of these risks is actually not to retire. It’s to work or work at a reduced – If you’re working and you’re not drawing on your portfolio, then problem solved. Obviously, we know that’s not necessarily the best solution.

I think, having the ability to do that, there’s from a mental health perspective and a lot of these other reasons. I think pharmacists in particular are positioned with their clinical knowledge and things to do things with their PharmD that provide value in retirement and that are not necessarily stressful, or strenuous. So — 

[0:31:04] TU: Yeah, I think that feeling of contribution is so important. I just listened to a podcast this week with Dr. Peter T on one of my favorite podcasts, The Huberman Lab Podcast, and he was talking exactly about longevity and some of the risks to longevity in that context of mental health. He was talking about the value of contribution, the value of work. I think for all of us, it’s natural in those moments and seasons of stress. That feeling of contribution can get overlooked, right? I mean, I think it’s a natural thing to feel. Really, really good discussion. I think, it highlights well. We’re obviously talking about X’s and O’s in terms of dollars. But when it comes to retirement planning, so much more than that.

Number three, Tim, we talked briefly about, but we can put a bow on this one, would be excess withdrawal risk. Tell us more here.

[0:31:52] TB: Yeah. This is really just that you’re withdrawing at a rate from the portfolio that will deplete the portfolio before you die. Which is one of the biggest fears and one of the biggest risks is like, “Hey, I just want to make sure that I have enough money to last me throughout retirement.” I think, the biggest thing again for this is to have a plan, have a strategy and be flexible with that plan.

There are ways that you can build your retirement paycheck, and we’ve talked about this before, where it’s coming from a variety of sources. At the end of the day, there is still going to be a portion of your paycheck, the retiree, you are pulling the string. You’re saying, “Okay, I’m going to get X amount from Social Security, potentially X amount from maybe a floor, an annuity, but then the 60%, or whatever it is has to come from these buckets that I’ve filled in the accumulation phase.” Like I said, the default that a lot of people use is, hey, it’s the 4% rule. There are other strategies, like [inaudible 0:32:54], guardrails that are more, look at market forces, look at inflation, and then basically, adjust your portion of your paycheck accordingly.

If you do that consistently and you stick to that plan, you’ll basically see the portfolio sustained for 30-plus years. I think that’s probably the big thing that in all the research says is that if you can adapt your spending, which is hard, right? It’s hard for us to do that in the accumulation. It’s often hard for us to do that in retirement, but if you can adapt your spending with the ride the roller coaster of market volatility inflation, it lands in sustainability. We’ve also talked in the past about the bucketing strategy. You make sure that you have the next five years, basically, in very CDs, money markets, very safe investments. Then that allows you to inoculate, at least for the next five years to do more mid-risk type of investments. Then for those 15-plus years, more risky investments with regard to the portfolio.

The bucketing strategy is just a take on the systemic withdrawal strategy but allows the retiree to understand more and compartmentalize and say, “Okay, if I have the next five years planned out, if I need 40,000 times five years, I had that in that bucket. I don’t really care what the market does. If the market goes down today, I know that in most cases, it’s going to recover in the next three and a half, four years and we’re good to go.”

Again, a lot of people, I think will say, “All right, well, this year, regardless of what’s going on in the world, I need this. Then the next year –” Then they wake up and they’re like, “Man, I had a million dollars, seven years in retirement, I have 200,000 left. This is no bueno.”

[0:34:51] TU: Yeah. Another important point you’re bringing up here and you mentioned earlier in the show, I think we tend to oversimplify, especially when we’re thinking accumulation of, “Hey, I’m going to save two, three, four million dollars. Maybe I’m going to be moderately aggressive, or aggressive. Then I retire.” We don’t think about what is the aggressive to moderate to non-aggressive strategies of investing in retirement, right? We’re not taking a portfolio of two, three, four million dollars, and also just moving it into something that’s liquid. We still have to take some calculated risks, to your point earlier, that we’ve got potentially a long horizon in front of us.

Tim, what I think about is the double whammy of potentially, when you retire, which depending on where the markets are, you may or may not have control of that. I think about people that may have retired pre-pandemic, not knowing what was coming and then the markets did their thing. The double whammy I’m referring to is if you retire and start withdrawing at a period where the market’s down significantly and you’re dependent on that draw, we’ve got a double effect of what we’re getting hit there.

[0:35:52] TB: Yeah. We’ll get into more of that in the sequence risk, in terms of, it’s less about the actual return and more about the sequence of when that return comes. That can affect, basically, the sustainability of that portfolio.

[0:36:06] TU: Since you mentioned the buckets and building retirement paycheck, as you call that, we did cover that previously, episode 275. We’ll link to that in the show notes. That was one of four episodes that we did, 272 through 275 on retirement planning. All right, so that is number three, excess withdrawal risk. Tim, number four on our list is unexpected healthcare risk. Tell us more here.

[0:36:29] TB: Yeah. This is the one we haven’t really covered much. We probably should give it a little TLC, maybe in future episodes. I think that Medicare and the decisions around Medicare is also another huge decision to make in retirement. This is the risk of facing an increase in unexpected medical expenses in retirement. One of the things that people often get wrong is that it’s like, okay, I qualified for Medicare at 65, I’m good. All my medical costs will be taken care of. That’s not true.

The decision of when to enroll and whether to choose the original Medicare or Medicare Advantage plan, choosing the right Part D plan for drug prescription is really going to be important. The figures, they’re not overly impressive, Tim. In 2019, they said, the average male at age 65 is going to spend about $79,000 to cover medical, or healthcare costs in retirement.

[0:37:25] TU: That’s lower than I would have thought, to be honest.

[0:37:26] TB: Yeah. Now, I think it goes out – I mean, again, you can see for if you look at the tables, what did it say for me at 65? I was going to live to – does it have at 62 to 67. Let’s say, it’s another 20 years. Yeah, it seems low to me. I mean, females, age 65 is a lot more, a $114,000 to cover healthcare expenses in retirement. It doesn’t seem a lot in terms of your – it is outside of housing. It’s going to be one of the bigger things, especially when you’re in the phase of older retirement.

I think, probably the default here is how – it goes back to planning and understanding what’s available to you. I think, choosing the appropriate insurance is going to be important. One of the things, and we’ll talk about this in the next for us, but a lot of people think that long-term care is covered by Medicare. It’s not. Another thing that a lot of people don’t know is that Medicare doesn’t have a cap on out-of-pocket expenses. If you have large amounts of medical expenses, you could be paying in perpetuity, that’s where a supplemental plan, or a Medigap plan will be important.

Part A, to break these down, covers a lot of hospital visits and inpatient stuff. Part B is more, I think, outpatient, like covers medical necessary services, like doctors, service and tests, outpatient care, home health services, durable medical equipment, and that type of thing. Then part C is going to be the drug. Then there’s going to be lots of variations of part D. Then what people then assess, Tim, is, should I get a supplemental plan, or a Medicare advantage, which is not to say under traditional Medicare, but it’s more of a reimbursement through a private medical, or private insurance company.

This is one that I think that is often overlooked. It’s hard because every state and area of the country is going to be different. What you can get if you’re a resident of Florida is going to be different if you’re a resident of New Jersey or Ohio. I think, going through this and probably on an annual to reassess is going to be an important part of making sure that you’re mitigating, as much as you can, the risks of those increased, or unexpected medical expenses while retired.

[0:39:44] TU: A couple of things are coming up for me, Tim, here. Obviously, one would be, if we’re factoring this into the overall portfolio nest egg. Certainly, that’s one strategy. The other thing I’m thinking about, if folks have access to an HSA and are able to save in that long term, without needing those for expenses today. Obviously, if you need them, you use them. That’s what it’s there for. If not, the opportunity is for these to grow and to invest and invest in a tax-free manner, such that it could be used for six-figure expenses right in retirement.

We’ve got an exciting – October is all going to be about healthcare insurance costs. We’re going to have several episodes all throughout the month. One of which is going to be focused on Medicare. We’re also going to be talking about healthcare insurance for those that are self-employed. Then we’ll be talking about open enrollment, other topics as well. Looking forward to that, that series that we’re going to do in October.

Tim, number five on our list, which will wrap up our part one of this two-part series is long-term care risk. Now, we did talk about long-term care insurance previously on the show. That was episode 296, five key decisions for long-term care insurance. You just mentioned not something that Medicare is going to cover. Tell us about this risk and potential solutions.

[0:40:56] TB: Yeah. This is the risk of essentially, not being able to care for oneself. It basically leaves you dependent on others to perform, or help you perform the activities of daily living. These ADLs are called activities of daily living, are bathing, showering, getting dressed, being able to get in and out of bed, or in and out of a chair, walking, using the bathroom, and eating.

Typically, if you need help with two or more of these things, this is typically where a long-term care insurance policy will actually trigger. These could be cause for a variety. It could be chronic diseases, orthopedic problems. Alzheimer’s is probably the biggest one that is the biggest threat for this particular risk. Planning for this is huge. It’s funny, Tim, because – not funny, but it’s interesting is that this is one of the risks where it’s like, it’s not me, right? It’s someone else. Most people see this as an important thing to plan for, but not necessarily for themselves.

The reality of the situation is that in most cases, family members will provide the care, which is about 80% of the time in the home, which is unpaid care, averaging about 20 hours per week. If you imagine that, Tim, if that were laid at your feet, how that could affect your health, your finances, just your career. That’s the effect that it has on the family. Like I said, most people think that Medicare covers long-term care costs. It doesn’t. Many people think that this is a risk, or a concern in retirement, but not necessarily for them, it’s for somebody else.

I think, one of the misconception is like, if you look at things like insurance, a lot of people think, “Hey, it’s too expensive.” In that, I think, that reputation is probably earned, because I think when they first priced these policies, when they first came out, there were a lot of policies that were not priced expensive, or the right way, so they got more expensive year over year. There was a study that said that less than 10% of people that were age 65 and older had long-term care.

Really, the need is not as long as you think. The average time that a male needs long-term care is about a little bit more than two years. For females, a little bit less than four years. Solutions for this is plan for this. Understand what are the risks and costs associated with it. Again, every state is going to be different in terms of what these costs and what is the cost for something like, anything from being able to age in place and have care given in your home, to a nursing home. Understand, what is that in your area? How do you want to pay for long-term care? I mean, how do you want that care delivered?

A big part of this is just getting organized with, okay, if this were to happen, where can we get this money from? Is it insurance policy that we purchased? Is it family members? Is it something like a reverse mortgage? Are there government programs, like if you’re a veteran, there’s some programs for that. Could be Medicaid. That is a program that’s probably the largest funding source of long-term care, but you have to be impoverished to do so. A lot of people will purposely spend down their estate to become impoverished, to get care, which there’s a lot of hoops and things that you have to be careful of.

But insurance is probably, and I know we did an episode on this is like, that’s another one to really look at is when to purchase a lot of people, we should really start talking about this in late 40s and purchase in your 50s. I think 55 is the average, if I’m not mistaken. If you wait longer than that, Tim, that’s when you have increased instances of the coverage being denied and it gets really expensive. You have to thread that needle a bit. What is the amount needed? 

I think at a minimum, we should be pricing and we say, okay, for us to be able to age in place, so have someone come in 20 hours a week, five days a week, or whatever that looks like, is that $3,000? Is at $6,000? Find that number and be able – A lot of the study says, the longer that you can stay in your home and not in a facility, the better. What’s the amount? Is that inflation-protected? What’s the elimination period? Is it a straight-up long-term care insurance plan? Or is it linked to an annuity purchase or a life insurance purchase?

Or if you go through all that, you’re like, “You know what? I got this and we sell fund, which is probably the most popular sell fund with the family as ad hoc caregivers.” Unfortunately, I think that’s really more of a lack of planning than anything. But that is a solution as well to say, okay, if that’s the case, again, looking at funding sources and things like that. This is another thing that I think is often overlooked, because, I think, some of the misconceptions about long-term care. But if you can get a policy that pays you $3,000, $4,000, $5,000 a month for care, to be able to stay in the home, I think for a variety of reasons, that’s worth looking into.

[0:45:57] TU: Yeah, Tim. I agree. I think that this is often overlooked, perhaps from a misunderstanding, or evaluating the risk. The other thing that comes up for me often here is just the difficult conversations that need to be had to really navigate this. We just, a few episodes had back on the show, Cameron Huddleston, who is just fantastic. She wrote, Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk, how do you navigate difficult financial conversations with parents? Some listening to this are thinking about it for themselves, certainly. Others may be working with aging parents and trying to navigate these conversations.

Who wants to initiate a conversation of, “Hey, Mom and Dad, what are you doing for long-term care insurance?” Or, maybe that age window has passed, where a policy makes sense. Now, we’re back to, okay, what’s the game plan? What does this look like financially? What does this look like in terms of the ability of our time to be able to care and care well? I think, there’s just a lot to navigate here that is not just financial, but that is emotional as well. She does a great job in that book, in the episode, we just recorded as well, of how do you initiate these conversations in a loving and respectful way? But more than anything, to get out in front of the planning. Again, whether you’re planning for yourself, whether you’re planning for aging parents, so important to be thinking about this.

[0:47:14] TB: This is a little teaser into our next few risks that we’ll cover in the next episode, in terms of just tough conversations that need to be had, so we can prevent things happening in the future. It’s just a byproduct of old age and being able to care for oneself. That can be hard to broach those subjects with your children, even adult children. There’s some vulnerability. I think, just the way you approach that, and obviously, people have different relationships with parents, and some people are really close. Some people brought up in a house where you don’t talk about money, you don’t talk about some of these things. It can be really hard.

I think, one of the things that really stuck with me with Cameron’s work and her writings is like, you don’t want to get to a point where you’re having to go through the courts to get the care that your loved ones need. If you can avoid that at all costs, even it means having an uncomfortable conversation, or maybe it’s not a conversation, maybe it’s a letter to break the ice and you go from there, I think it’s needed.

[0:48:25] TU: Yeah. Whether it’s the courts, or in her instance, and we’re going through this right now with my grandmother as well. But in Cameron’s instance, she had a mom who is struggling with memory loss and Alzheimer’s that her message, and one of her main messages, hey, you want these conversations and planning that be happening before those instances are in question, where you’re now dealing with more challenges of, is someone in the right state of mind to be able to make those decisions, and what are the legal implications of that?

Great stuff, Tim. That is five of the 10 common retirement risks to plan for. We’re going to be bringing the rest of this list back on the next episode, so make sure to join us here next week. Of course, for folks that are listening to this and thinking, “Hey, it’d be really helpful to have someone in my corner that really can help me plan for retirement, as well as other parts of the financial plan,” we’d love to have a conversation with you to have you learn more about our one-on-one fee-only financial planning services, as well as to learn more about your individual plan and the goals that you have. You can book a free discovery call by going to yfpplanning.com. Again, that’s yfpplanning.com. All right, we’ll see you next week.

[END OF EPISODE]

[0:49:33] TU: Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacists Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% down payment for a single-family home, or townhome for first-time home buyers and has no BMI on a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage.

To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to get started with the pre-approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:50:18] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment, or any other advice. Information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation, or offer to buy, or sell any investment, or related financial products.

We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 323: 5 Tips for Selling Your Home


Nate Hedrick, aka The Real Estate RPh, joins the show to talk about 5 tips for selling your home – valuable information for buyers and sellers alike!

Episode Summary

Most of our real-estate episodes to date have covered the topic of buying a home, but today we’re putting ourselves in the shoes of the seller. If you think this episode isn’t for you because you’re only interested in buying a home, think again! Being able to see things from a seller’s perspective will add huge value to your home-buying journey. Today’s guest is Nate Hedrick, a pharmacist, and the founder of Real Estate RPH. It’s a seller’s market at the moment and he is here to share five top tips for selling your home for its maximum value. From the benefits of enlisting the help of an agent to getting to grips with price-setting strategies and understanding buyer versus seller costs, this conversation will equip you with the tools you need to navigate current chaotic housing market with confidence!

Key Points From the Episode

  •  Introducing today’s guest, Nate Hedrick
  •  An overview of Nate’s recent interview with first-time home buyers, Neal and Katie Fox.
  •  Why this episode will benefit you if you are a home-buyer or a home-seller.
  •  An overview of the current market from Nate’s local perspective. 
  •  Two of the main pain points for newly practicing pharmacists.
  •  Costs you can expect to incur when selling a home with the help of an estate agent.
  •  The benefits of enlisting an agent to help you sell your home. 
  •  How most people choose an agent.
  •  The difference between an excellent and a mediocre agent. 
  •  Examples of how good agents can maximize value for their clients.
  •  Benefits of depersonalizing the home. 
  •  Different types of pricing strategies that can be used when selling a home.
  •  How the appraisal process should work.
  •  An overview of buyer costs versus seller costs.
  •  Understanding the concept of seller’s credit and the problems that can arise when this strategy is used.

Episode Highlights

If you’re a first-time home buyer, you have no idea what it’s like to sell a home, right? You don’t have an idea what it’s like to buy a home. Being able to put yourself in somebody else’s shoes as you’re going through that journey, it can give you some perspective and it can be really helpful.” — Nate Hedrick [0:03:23]

It’s still a seller’s market. We have a lot of people who are sitting on three and a half percent or lower interest rate loans that they refinanced over the last three or four years, and they don’t want to move if they don’t have to.” — Nate Hedrick [0:04:19]

The list price of a home is completely made up. The market value of the home is the number you want to determine.” — Nate Hedrick [0:25:15]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody, Tim Ulbrich here. Thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast for each weekly strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I welcome back onto the show a familiar voice Nate Hedrick at the Real Estate RPH and co-host of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast. We discuss five tips for selling your home, helpful information whether you’re looking to sell now or in the future, and even for those looking to buy a home to gain some insights and understandings to what the seller is going through. 

All right, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, Real Estate RPH, and then we’ll jump into my interview with Nate. 

[MESSAGE]

[0:00:38] TU: Are you planning to buy a home in the next year or two? With the state of current home prices and mortgage rates, the home-buying process can feel overwhelming. But what if you could leverage the knowledge and ongoing support of someone who has worked with dozens of other pharmacists through their home-buying journey all at no cost to you? 

I’m talking about Nate Hedrick at the Real Estate RPH. Nate is a pharmacist who has been a partner of YFP for many years now and offers a home-buying concierge service that can help you find a high-quality agent in your area and support you throughout the entire process. Head on over to realestaterph.com or click on the link in the show notes to schedule your free 30-minute jumpstart planning session with Nate. 

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:24] TU: Nate, welcome back to the show. 

[0:01:25] NH: Hey, Tim, always great to be here. 

[0:01:27] TU: Well, I’m excited to be back in the host seat. Not too long ago on the podcast episode 316, you interview Neal and Katie Fox about their journey and lessons learned as first-time home buyers. What a neat episode that was. Just to recap for our listeners that maybe haven’t heard that episode already, tell us about that interview and the story with Neal and Katie. 

[0:01:47] NH: Yeah. Neal and Katie were just an awesome couple that I got a chance to work with as home buying concierge clients. We got them hooked up with an agent, helped them buy their first home together. It was just really cool to be able to sit down and talk to them about what it’s really like to buy a home in this market. We went through everything from A to B or A to Z and just got their perspective on it, right? Somebody that doesn’t have experience, right? 

I sometimes forget how long I’ve been doing this. There’s things that I don’t even think about anymore, as a first-time home buyer. So, to actually talk to first-time home buyers and see where their pitfalls and strategies came from, that was just, it was fun. It was really cool to talk to them. 

[0:02:24] TU: Yeah. Great interview. They had some really interesting tidbits, lessons learned, things on financing, importance of working with an agent, who you’re working with and the value of that relationship. We’ll link to that episode in the show notes if folks haven’t already heard it. Today, Nate, we’re going to be talking about a topic we haven’t really covered in depth before. I’ve lost track. You’ve been on the show at least 10 times now, maybe more, obviously co-host of the Real Estate Investing Podcast. We talk so often about buying a home, but we haven’t really talked about selling a home. 

Now, for those that are in the home buying journey and are listening to this and saying, “All right, I’m turning this off, they’re talking about selling a home, that’s not applicable,” hold on, right? Because I think as you and I talked about before the show, as a buyer, if you can really understand some of these tips and components as it relates to the seller, that is going to be helpful to you and the buying journey as well. 

[0:03:17] NH: Yeah, 100%. Understanding that other side where the other person’s coming from, it’s really difficult, especially if you’re a first-time home buyer, you have no idea what it’s like to sell a home, right? You don’t have an idea what it’s like to buy a home. So, being able to put yourself in somebody else’s shoes as you’re going through that journey, it can give you some perspective and it can be really helpful. 

[0:03:35] TU: Now, before we jump into five tips for those that are selling a home, and again, the relevance of that to buyers as well, important to talk about context, right? We’re recording this episode in summer, 2023, wild times just in terms of where the market’s at, what’s happening with interest rates, where the economy is at. I do think that context is really important to understand things like leverage, right? As a seller or as a buyer. Nate, just give us a quick update knowing that every market is, of course, different, but you have a unique perspective working with pharmacists and agents all across the country. What are you seeing right now? 

[0:04:07] NH: Yeah. Obviously, real estate is local, right? What I tell you that we’re seeing may not be exactly applicable in your area, but broadly what we’re seeing is low inventory, right? It’s still a seller’s market. We have a lot of people who are sitting on three and a half percent or lower interest rate loans that they refinanced over the last three or four years, and they don’t want to move if they don’t have to, right? 

You’ve got people that want to buy, as there always are, but people that aren’t really ready to sell their home yet. So, that’s causing a lot of low inventory. We’re seeing high prices still and just things are moving quickly. It’s not as crazy as it was in 2021 and early 22, but it’s still an interesting and difficult time if you’re a buyer and a pretty good time if you’re a seller in most parts, because you can typically move your houses pretty quickly. 

[0:04:54] TU: Yeah. It’s really interesting. Jess and I often talk about this. We love our home, right? But it’s just a natural point of conversation where it’s like, “Well, what about moving here? What about doing this?” When you look at what interest rates are doing right now, not only what our interest rate is, refinance close to three, but seeing what you’re going to be buying at, but then also just the elevated prices, because of the supply and demand, it’s a double whammy effect, right? 

[0:05:17] NH: Yeah. 

[0:05:18] TU: For existing home buyers to give up that loan, to take on a new higher interest rate loan, as well as a higher mortgage on price of the home. So, that makes sense, what’s happening there on the supply side. Then to be frank, Nate, I’m feeling for the first-time home buyers right now, right? Many of them we know in our community are also facing significant student loan debt. Here we are now ready to have those payments turned back on. 

I think that’s a topic we just aren’t talking enough about. We know from our community, student loans and home buying are for many people, two of the top pain points, right, especially for that new practitioner group. I think when we look at the rising home prices, rising interest rates, student loan, payments turning back on. We’re looking at more challenges that I think are being added to this. Doesn’t mean it’s impossible, right? Doesn’t mean it’s a goal that can’t be attained, but it means we’ve got to be a little bit more diligent in the planning process to make sure we’re looking at the broader financial plan. 

[0:06:13] NH: Yeah. I appreciate you keeping it at the forefront, because I know if it were me 10 years ago, just starting out, dealing with loans, if they were on pause, I don’t know, it’d be in that bucket of, “Well, I’ll figure that out when it becomes a problem,” right? I 100% know that would have been me 10 years ago. Talking about it is super important, because don’t wait to figure it out, start figuring it out now, before it really becomes a problem. 

[0:06:36] TU: Yeah. This is where the strategy, we’re not going to dig into student loan strategy right now, we’ve done that many times on the show before, but this is where that strategy part becomes really important, because not all student loan repayment plans are created equal in terms of the impact they have on monthly cash flow. For example, someone who’s pursuing loan forgiveness versus someone who’s doing an aggressive debt repayment. Those are going to have very different impacts on the budget, which obviously is going to change also how much money is available, discretionary income available, potentially for a home purchase. 

Another example yet of where these puzzle pieces need to come together. Let’s talk Nate, five tips for those that are selling a home. Number one, not all agents are created equal. I’ve experienced this on my own home-buying journey. Not only that, but also there’s the using an agent versus not using an agent for those that are thinking about potentially a for sale by owner. Talk to us about tips as it relates to the agent and why that piece is so important. 

[0:07:31] NH: Yeah. I think something you mentioned there about the first, the for sale by owner versus an agent. I think a lot of people are, they look at the market, they look at how, “easy” it is to sell a home. The first thought becomes, “Well, can I just do this myself? Couldn’t I just kick the agent out of the whole process, save a ton of money on commission?” Truthfully, it can be quite a lot, right? Typical way the commission structure works to peek behind the curtain, right, is that it’s going to be about five to 6%, depending on the agent that you work with, is what the seller is going to pay toward the commission. That, that seller paid commission is what goes to both the buyers and the seller’s agent. 

It’s usually split 50-50. So, if we say 6%, you’re talking about 3% for the buyer’s agent, 3% for the seller’s agent. That can be $18,000 if you’re talking about a $300,000 home, which is a huge chunk of change. I think it’s natural for people to think, “Man, I can just do this myself. Why bother? I don’t want to pay that $18,000.” But there’s a couple of pieces I think that I think what people should realize before just jumping to that route. Only about 10% of homes in America are sold for sale by owner. 

Again, there’s a reason for that. One of the stats that I like to throw out there, and it’s biased, so I’ll lead with that, but that is that according to the National Association of Realtors, and this is looking at 2021, for sale by owner homes sold for about, on average, $225,000 in that year. The typical agent-assisted home sale was about $330,000. About $100,000 difference. Now again, I think that’s biased. I think a lot of four sell by owners tend to being like friends and family. They bring the prices down intentionally in some of those cases right or wrong. I think that there’s some bias to that number. 

Let’s say that $100,000 number, let’s just cut it in a fourth, right? Let’s quarter it to $25,000. If you have a $300,000 home, that $25,000 difference is more than the 18 grand we talked about in terms of commission sales. I still think there’s a lot of value there. The typical agent is going to bring a lot more value to the actual home and getting it for the right price, just on a dollar-for-dollar basis, even if again, we take that number and cut it in the fourth. I think that’s an important number to look at and to think about is that the agent is going to be able to bring more value or get more value out of the home on average than you might as a for sale by owner. 

Then the natural next question to that becomes, “Well, why? What are they doing that’s different?” I think a lot of it comes down to just their experience and their ability to price the home appropriately and get the maximum value there. One of the things that an agent’s going to do if you are ready to sell a home, and we can dive into more of these details in a moment, but they’re going to come in and they’re going to help figure out, “Here’s where I think your house sits today. Here are some things that you could change to improve that value, whether it’s curb appeal or decluttering or whatever. Then here’s where I think the market value is on that property.”

Once you know market value, then you can start to come up with strategies for how to price that home. That’s where an agent’s really going to come in, right? Let’s say we were going to price it 10,000 under asking or under market value rather to try to generate a lot of business or let’s say we’re going to price it right at market value and try to get the most dollars we can for it right up front. There are a lot of different things that go into that strategy that I think an agent brings to the table that a typical home seller might just not have access to that information or be aware of. 

Then if you go beyond the dollar amount, I think that that’s where the agent comes in with paperwork and helping with all the legal paperwork. There’s a lot of legality that goes into home sales and a lot of this a title agent or a good lawyer can help you with, but the agent takes all the guesswork out of that, right? Everything’s been predetermined, pre-established by a broker. It’s all going to be put in front of you in the way that it needs to be. There’s a lot of value that can be created from that. 

[0:11:15] TU: Yeah. The other thing too here Nate, great points, that stands out to me would just be peace of mind knowing that there’s coordination, assuming, and we’ll talk here in a moment about why all agents are not created equal here. We’re talking about agent versus for sale by owner. Peace of mind assuming you’ve got the right person on your team, right? That’s coordinating all of these, but also time. I’ve gone down this pathway and I don’t think I would do it again, to be frank. 

I think even though it was someone within the neighborhood and it was a pretty easy process, there were a lot of those questions about pricing it appropriately and is this fair, right? Now, you’re not dealing with, what does the market say the home’s worth. But it gets more emotional when it’s just one party with another party, right? Is this fair between two parties? But then just the time and the coordination, the title, and there’s this lingering feeling of like, is everything being done correctly and coordinated? 

I remember, maybe part of that is just my type A personality a little bit, as well, but this is a podcast of busy healthcare professionals, like I think they can appreciate, especially if the ROI is there as you mentioned, how important it could be to really make sure that you’ve got someone in your corner. Now, that’s an obvious one, I think for many would be the agent versus the for sale by owner, especially considering folks are busy. 

Again, not all agents are created equal. I think this is interesting, right? We talk about this a lot on the show about financial planners. I think we’ve done a really good job highlighting how the term financial planner in and of itself, doesn’t mean a whole lot and how there’s so much variance between planners in terms of credentials, and experience, and how they charge, and transparency. I don’t think we give the same diligence to real estate agents. I don’t know why, but the more I started to think about this, I’m like, “Well, this is really interesting. Experience matters a lot.” 

Somebody understanding my local market matters. Connections, right? Someone who can, you shared before we hit record about an example of a deal you’re working on where some pretty simple work needed to be done and you’re able to line up a contractor and move that forward. That matters, those relationships. Talk to us about why the right agent matters and how do people vet this? How do they find that? 

[0:13:28] NH: Yeah. It’s certainly tricky. I think what most people do, I’ll tell you what most people do and I’ll tell you what I’d recommend, right? What most people focus on is the commission, right? They want to find out how they can get this on for as cheap as possible as – 

[0:13:39] TU: Like an interest rate on a mortgage, right? 

[0:13:41] NH: Right. Exactly. Yeah. “I want the guy that’s five and a half percent.” Now they got it 6%, right? People focus heavily on that. Again, in the grand scheme of things, that 1% difference that you might find across the market, that’s not where your focus should be, but that’s what a lot of people like to focus on. The other thing to focus on is when you do a listing presentation, when I present to a seller and say, “Look, this is what I’m going to do for you.” They’re really focused on the number. “Well, what do you think you can sell my house for?” 

I’ll tell you, there’s only so much an agent truly can do with the home that’s in front of them, right? The same home, the same parameters, different agents are not going to be able to sell that house for more, just being upfront. What a good agent’s going to do is come in and tell you, “Here’s how to maximize the value of your home. Here’s how I can sell it for more.” Not, “Here’s the same house as the next agent’s going to be selling, we’re not changing anything.” They’re not going to ink more value out of that house just by being a “better agent,” right? 

What a great agent it’s going to do is come in and say, “Look, if you declutter this a little bit, if I let you borrow this storage unit that I have specifically for my sellers, we get a couple of these pieces of extra furniture out of here. We take down some of the pictures.” We hear the things that we’re going to do, that’s how you’re going to maximize value. 

[0:14:52] TU: Yeah.

[0:14:53] NH: When I’m talking to a client and what I recommend everybody do out there, if you’re interviewing a seller’s agent, talk about, “What are the things that you’re going to do to maximize the value of my home?” Not, “How can you sell this for as much money as possible?” Those are closely related to the same question, but they’re not the same question. 

[0:15:10] TU: Yeah. Future episodes, I just took a note, we should do a future episode on questions that you should ask right when hiring an agent. I think that’s a really good, really good one to consider. In your experience, working with other agents, but also in your own experiences as a realtor selling homes, what are some ways that you’ve either stood out? I mean, experience, let’s say that’s a given or that you see another agent stand out. 

[0:15:32] NH: Yeah. So, I think there are a lot of big-ticket things that people stand out with that are attention grabbers. The one I mentioned was the storage unit. I’ve seen agents that will offer those pods. They’ll say, “Look, if you sell with me, I will give you a pod to put all your extra furniture in. Just put that in storage for a while, while we sell the home.” There’s definitely some value to that. I’ve seen agents offer staging, especially if the home is vacant, or if you’re in the process of moving out and things are hodgepodge, you can have the home staged and that can be really advantageous, and some agents will offer that as a big incentive.

I’ve also seen a lot of – this is pretty common on billboards with big-ticket, high-volume agents, where they’ll offer a guarantee, right? We’ll list your home and if it doesn’t sell in a month, then we guarantee, we’ll buy it from you. There are a lot of stipulations to that, but I’ve seen that as a big-ticket thing.

I’ll tell you where I try to offer value. Again, these are things that I might pepper in where it makes sense. Most sellers actually don’t need a lot of those services quite frankly. I try to just make things as easy as possible. You mentioned earlier, if you’re a busy working professional, if you want to hire an agent, you’re doing so because you want to take all the guesswork out of it and all the legwork out of it, right? It should be as painless as it possibly can be. That’s what I try to come in and show them how I’m going to be able to do that. That’s what I encourage other sellers to look for when you’re talking to a good agent.

[0:16:53] TU: Yeah. I think, Nate, the huge advantage that you have, the relationship piece, asking good questions, you’re a pharmacist that has gone down the path of a first-time home buyer, you’ve obviously worked with many individuals, you understand what it means to buy a home when you have student loans and the considerations. Certainly, it’s not financial planning, but it’s being able to ask good questions that really help people self-reflect and understand and not just like, “Yup, I’m ready to sell your home,” right? Whether or not that’s maybe in their best interest.

[0:17:25] NH: Even if it’s something as simple as, “Hey, you want to sell your home. What’s more important? Getting every single dollar we can out of it, or closing in the next 30 or 40 days so that we can move into the next place?” Or whatever.

[0:17:37] TU: It’s a goal.

[0:17:38] NH: Just a simple question about, what’s the goal of getting this home sold, right? Is it just to move it as quickly as possible, or is it to maximize value and starting from there?

[0:17:47] TU: Great stuff. That’s number one on our five tips for selling a home. Not all agents are created equal. Number two, you alluded to this a little bit already, but I want to dig deeper. That’s really, in terms of determining what is or not worth it, right? Upgrades, repairs, boosting curb appeal, staging the home, right? Maximizing the value of what someone may be able to get out of the home is what you mentioned just a few moments ago. What tips do you have here for sellers?

[0:18:11] NH: Yeah. This is something where a good agent can really make themselves worth it, right? Because there is a ton of stuff. I look around my house today and think like, “Man, if I was going to sell it, I have to fix that and I gotta paint that.” There quickly becomes this list of stuff that you could do before selling a house. What’s the ROI on that? A great agent is going to know the local market, is going to know the comparable properties that have sold recently and is going to be able to see what those high-value items are that you should focus on and what those low-value negative ROI things are that you could just ignore, right? 

There’s always going to be stuff to fix on a house. The trick is finding the things that you can do now that are going to be not very labor intensive and we’re going to maximize the overall value and the speed with which we can sell that property. It’s a myriad of items. It varies based on the home itself. Generally speaking, you’re looking for things where, “If I don’t fix this, is it going to prevent somebody from making an offer?” That’s a really common one. Let’s say, the roof is actively leaking. A lot of people are not going to be interested in jumping into a $10,000 or $20,000 fix right off the bat. Those are things that are obvious that, “Hey, if I fix this, yeah, my ROI might not be huge, but it’s going to make people want to offer whereas, they may have not previously.” Thinking about things like that.

Then also, thinking about things like, hey, if other homes in the area that have a deck, for example, a back patio, or a deck, all of the deck houses are selling twice as fast as all the houses that don’t have a deck, right? You’re in a very similar community. That might be something that’s worthwhile putting in, right? Especially if you’ve got a sliding door already out there and it’s ready to go, it’s just begging for a deck. That might be an easy ROI item that you could tack on. It’s going to be high cost, but it might make that home sell for that much more. It’s those things that a really good agent’s going to be able to jump in and give you advice on to make sure that you can maximize that value.

[0:20:05] TU: Yeah, and that’s a great example with the deck, right? Because I think about, again, if we put ourselves in the buyer’s shoes, all of a sudden, I see the home as having a new outdoor living space. Maybe it’s not all the way there, but you’re providing vision, right? For somebody to come in and say, “Whoa. Wow. I’ve got maybe a smaller square footage home, or maybe it doesn’t have all the bells and whistles that I wanted, but I can really see how I could use this space differently.” Great insights there. I think that’s just so important.

Again, putting yourself in the buyer’s shoes, the roof example, the deck example, especially first-time home buyers are not coming with a bunch of cash sitting in the bank to do some of these things, right? Minor upgrades, minor improvements. But things that you can do. Obviously, the question, “Is there an ROI there or not?” is really going to be helpful to those buyers. I also think, Nate, be curious to hear your perspective here. Where you’re at in terms of price point of the neighborhood, I think could be really important here on potential ROI, right?

If I am the biggest house, the most expensive house in the neighborhood already, and I add a $10,000 deck, hoping I can raise the price $20,000, maybe not as much if on the low end. Is that fair?

[0:21:16] NH: Yeah. It’s spot on, right? Again, that’s where a good agent is going to be able to come in and say, “Look, here are the comparable properties that have sold. This is what people are going to be looking at.” Or better yet, one of my favorite things to do is to look at is what else is on the market today. If I’ve got a $300,000 home and there are three other $300,000 homes for sale in the same community, how am I differentiating? I don’t need to undercut them by $5,000 and just be the cheapest game in town, but I also can’t be $30,000 more and expect to be the first one that everybody buys, right? Unless, there’s some real big value item that I’m bringing and it’s different than those other homes. That’s where an agent can come in and really try to help that out.

[0:21:52] TU: Great stuff. Number three on our list, why it matters to depersonalize, or neutralize the home. This gets a little bit to what we’re talking about, wanting the buyer to really have a vision of their own. I know this is something that you hear all the time, you read about, but as a buyer, myself going through the process twice, I was amazed at how often this wasn’t done. Tell us about why this is important and what this may look like.

[0:22:16] NH: Yeah. I think everybody gets – you get really comfortable in your own home, right? You know what you like. You’re used to it. You think it’s perfect, because you live there. Why wouldn’t you, right? It’s a natural thing to do. I think it’s easy to miss some of the stuff that might come across to a buyer as making it feel not welcoming. That might be something that to you, again, is very welcoming. Families, family photos, all the furniture that you love, the beat-up chair that you love to sit in every night before going to bed, right? That’s your spot. I get it.

But somebody else walking in might look at that and go, “Oh, my God. That’s been scratched by the cat for 20 years. This looks horrible.” You have to be able to put perspective on that, as if you were a total neutral party walking into that home and trying to envision it as the place they want to live. You have to be able to reset that. One of the ways that I encourage sellers to do that is to really try to neutralize things. Like you mentioned, neutralize the home to where they can see that it’s someone living there, it’s comfortable, it’s a place they want to be, but it doesn’t feel like it’s not their space yet. They can start to envision themselves in that space because it’s not so personalized, or so specific to one individual.

[0:23:27] TU: Yeah. I think of things like paint and photos and odors in the home, right? Good, bad, indifferent. You gave some great examples, like the chair that we like to sit on at night. Some of these, what’s great about this is it’s not wildly expensive, typically, right? Neutralizing paint colors. I have vivid memories of going into houses where it was red carpet, lime green walls, and it’s like, man, that is such an easy – or dark paint that made the room look smaller. Miniscule changes in light fixtures and other things that can really open up a room and make it look bigger.

[0:24:02] NH: You mentioned smells too, like you hit the nail on the head with things that are unique can be the problem, right? Maybe it’s an air freshener you have that you love, and it’s like tropical oasis or whatever. 

[0:24:11] TU: In your face.

[0:24:12] NH: It’s like pineapple when you walk in or whatever, right? That stuff can be just as bad, even though it smells good, it can be just as off-putting to somebody. I’ll give you a great example. I had a client that was real sensitive to the candles. We’d go into any house, even if it smelled phenomenal to me, she would immediately say like, “Oh, I feel like I’m getting a migraine, like is driving me crazy.” Yes, it’s a good smell, but it’s not helping your case. It’s all about neutral. That’s the way you’re going to maximize that potential value and the people walking in and out of your home are going to have a good experience. 

[0:24:41] TU: I like that. That was number three. Why it matters to depersonalize. Why it matters to neutralize the home. Number four is setting the price. I’m really curious, Nate, I have not yet gone through the buying or selling process in this chaotic market that we live in. Just curious about what you’re seeing in terms of pricing lower to try to generate more interest. Maybe you have somewhat of a bidding war, pricing it a little bit higher because of the market and where things are at. Again, all markets being local. What are your thoughts here? 

[0:25:10] NH: Yeah. I think the biggest thing here, and I tell this to every single client I work with. The list price of a home is completely made up. The market value of the home is the number you want to determine, right? All pharmacists here, we’re all interested in facts and numbers, right? I don’t want to just make things up. That’s why you want to determine market value first and adjust from there, right? A good agent’s going to come in and tell you, “Look, this is the market value of the home. It’s between 340 and $350,000.” They should be able to give you a pretty tight range. 

“And here are the factors that I’m basing that on. If I were to list your home today, here’s the pricing strategy I would use.” Like you said, it can be anything from listing it at that 340 or 335 mark to try to generate a lot of activity. Typically, we’re going to do that if there are many other homes on the market, right? That’s more typical in a neutral market or a buyer’s market, where I want to be the first one of the five that are available that people go see. The reason they’re doing that is because it’s priced lower than everything else, right? I’m still going to get close to market value for it, but I’m going to be the first one that everybody looks at, especially – 

[0:26:10] TU: Yeah. I think of the filters, right, on realtor, right? 

[0:26:13] NH: Exactly. 

[0:26:13] TU: Or filtering by price. Yeah. 

[0:26:14] NH: Exactly. The other strategy is, hey, if there’s nothing available, if you’re in a market like the community that I live in, where a home goes on the market and it sells in two days, because everybody wants to buy and there’s not enough inventory, you can push that market value quite a bit, right? If we determined that it’s 340 to 350, I might list it 375 and see what happens, right? You might get a bite at that price and as long as it appraises, awesome. You’ve gotten more than market value out of your home, but you have to start with what is the market value before you can determine a strategy. 

So many agents, I hear this all the time from prospective sellers, they will just throw these giant numbers at people. They won’t tell them market value, they’ll say, “Well, if I were to list your home today, I’d list for $400,000.” Why? Just because it’s the biggest number and you want me to work with you, or do you have a real reason behind that, right? That’s the kind of questions you want to be asking. 

[0:27:03] TU: Since you brought up appraisals, I want to talk about that for a moment, because in my experience, it feels like appraisals are a little bit like the Wild Wild West, and just a ton of subjectivity. I know that’s supposed to have been tightening up. I don’t know, it just feels like it hasn’t when you think about the process and how it’s completed. What are you seeing, again, small sample size in your area, but what are you seeing in terms of, for people that are pushing price point, that maybe is x% above market value? Like how tight is the appraisal of the market value right now? 

[0:27:34] NH: Yeah. Appraisals, unfortunately, are just still so subjective. Typically, what I’m seeing is that if you get a home that is over market value, but there are multiple offers on that home, the appraiser is at the point where, and again, this is not actually how they work, but what it feels like is that they’re looking at it and saying, “Look, this is an arm’s length transaction.” That’s a real estate word for basically, it’s on the market and anybody can buy it. This is an arm’s length transaction. There are multiple people interested at 380, and it’s probably worth 380, right? If lots of people want it, I don’t have – 

[0:28:05] TU: Yeah. That becomes the market value. 

[0:28:06] NH: Yeah. I don’t have the empiric evidence to say it’s worth more than 350, but I do have six people who all threw an offer at this house at 380 and near it. Maybe that is the value, right? I don’t think that’s actually how appraisers are doing it, but that’s how it feels. They’re supposed to base it on comps. They’re supposed to base it on recent home sales. Ideally, it’s based on homes within a mile or less radius, really even less than a half a mile within the last six months. There are certainly times where it doesn’t feel like that’s being followed, good or bad, right? Negative or positive, they’re picking other homes or whatever, but that’s the ideal state. 

[0:28:39] TU: Yeah.

[0:28:40] NH: It’s also a tough job. Not every home is built the exact same way, right? You don’t have just the same cookie cutter house across every block. It’s not an easy way to determine. That can make it difficult. 

[0:28:51] TU: Yeah. That’s a good point, right? We all know that a four bedroom, two to four bedroom, two thousand square foot homes can be very different. 

[0:28:57] NH: Absolutely. 

[0:28:57] TU: So, if you’re just looking at those bones for comps, that may not be a fair comparison. I’ve been in those situations where you’re in areas that aren’t as populated, and they’re trying to draw in comps within a reasonable geographic range. You just know like, “Ah, that’s so different.” Right? Now, if you’re in an area where you’ve got multiple subdivisions and the same type of home and thousands of them, maybe that’s not as significant of a difference. All right. Number five on our list of tips for sellers is understanding buyer versus seller costs. Who is typically paying for what? Tell us more, Nate. 

[0:29:35] NH: Yeah. This is a big point of when you get a house when someone’s actually buying your home and get it under contract, there’s going to be a lot of negotiations about who’s paying for what. This can be state-specific. Some states lay out exactly how it’s supposed to be. Then you can deviate from that. Others are just up in the air, right? You determine what’s normal for your market. 

It can be everything from the taxes, right? How are you splitting the taxes? It can be the title fees. The actual process of transferring that title, who’s paying for that. Typically, it would be split 50-50, but maybe in this market, you want the buyer to cover everything or whatever, right? That’s all part of the negotiation. There are some things that I think typically fall on one side of the other, so things like inspections typically fall on the buyer. I can’t think of a single transaction I’ve ever done with the seller, helped to cover inspection fees, but I suppose it’s out there. 

Then closing costs. Closing costs are usually split, except for the buyer-specific stuff, like down payment and rate lock fees, and all that other stuff. There are a lot of different ways you can slice that up, but typically things are cut 50-50 and then anything that’s very buyer-centric is going to be covered by the buyer and vice versa. That’s what I typically see, but you can certainly build it any way you like. 

[0:30:48] TU: We were talking before the show, that’s all when things go as planned, right? But there’s situations where once someone’s under contract and then a problem’s identified, right? Typically, under inspection or something else comes up, major, right? Septic tank, roof types of things. Tell us about your experiences here and how that may impact this item. 

[0:31:09] NH: Yeah. So, one of the items that typically comes up is a seller’s credit, is what it’s called. Typically, if you are selling a home, you might be providing some credit back to the buyer. The most common version of that is what’s called a closing cost credit, where you’re basically saying “Here, I’m going to give you $3,000 toward your closing costs to help you with some of the cash that you’re going to need to buy the house.” What I often will see is somebody that says, “Hey, look, if the house is listed at 340 and we’re close and we’re negotiating down to 335, maybe we can agree on 340, but you give me 5,000 back in the form of closing cost credit that will reduce the cash that I need as a buyer.” 

The seller still makes the same amount, right? The net value is still 335, but it’s helping the buyer out quite a bit. That’s very common, but what you mentioned where we’ve got a problem that might come up down the road or someone’s trying to push that seller’s credit beyond the typical amount, that’s where you can start to get into some issues. I had a deal a couple of years ago. I was actually representing the buyer. During inspection, we determined that the house needed a new septic tank and it was way out in the woods. It was a five-bedroom home. It was pretty large. It needed a huge new, I mean old type of tank dugout, new one put in $10,000 fixed. Easy. Yeah.

It became a question of like, “Well, how do we do that? When do we do that? Right? Is it before closing? Is it during after? Like what does that look like?” There are a lot of different ways that you can build that in. For this particular deal, what we ultimately determined was, we had two companies come out, give quotes. We basically all agreed that this was the company we were going to go with. Buyer and seller agreed to that. The seller provided a $10,000 credit toward that septic system to be installed after closing. 

There are certainly risks to the buyer to doing that. There are risks to the seller to doing that, but it was what we landed on. It’s something where if and when those problems come up, you want to talk to your agent about, “Hey, what does this look like if I do X, what are the ramifications? If we do Y, what are the outcomes?” Then you can make the best possible determination. There are lots of different ways that you can build that.

[0:33:14] TU: Great stuff. Another example, right? We’re a good agent with experience. Where it really comes in, right? I have been through this scenario. I’ve seen how this is done, multiple ways this has been done. Seeing how all of this ties together. Well, there you have it. Five tips for those that are selling a home and also for things to be aware of that those that are buying a home and to have the helpful insights. Nate, as always, really appreciate your time, your insights, your expertise, and for coming on the show. 

[0:33:39] NH: Yeah. Thanks for having me, Tim. 

[0:33:41] TU: Nate and I have covered a ton of information in this podcast. Imagine working with Nate one-on-one through your home-buying journey and having his support to give you much-needed peace of mind. We know many pharmacists want to feel confident about big financial decisions, including a home purchase. 

If you have fears of being house poor, concerns about the impact a home purchase might have on your other financial goals, Nate and his home-buying concierge service can help all at no cost to you. You can visit realestaterph.com or click on the link in the show notes to schedule your free 30-minute jumpstart planning session with Nate.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:34:20] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment.

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

 

For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 322: Checklist for First-Time Homebuyers


Mortgage loan officer Tony Umholtz joins the show to discuss available loan options (including the pharmacist home loan), why a preapproval matters, and things to consider when choosing a lender. This episode is sponsored by First Horizon.

About Today’s Guest

Tony Umholtz graduated Cum Laude from the University of South Florida with a B.S. in Finance from the Muma College of Business. He then went on to complete his MBA. While at USF, Tony was part of the inaugural football team in 1997. He earned both Academic and AP All-American Honors during his collegiate career. After college, Tony had the opportunity to sign contracts with several NFL teams including the Tennessee Titans, New York Giants, and the New England Patriots. Being active in the community is also important to Tony. He has served or serves as a board member for several charitable and non-profit organizations including board member for the Salvation Army, FCA Tampa Bay, and the USF National Alumni Association. Having orchestrated over $1.1 billion in lending volume during his career, Tony has consistently been ranked as one of the top mortgage loan officers in the industry by the Scotsman’s Guide, Mortgage Executive magazine, and Mortgage Originator magazine.

Episode Summary

If you’re a first-time home buyer, this episode is for you! This week’s episode, sponsored by FirstHorizon, features Tony Umholtz, a mortgage loan officer at First Horizon Bank with over 20 years of experience in the industry, and he is here to share important factors that you should be taking into consideration before purchasing your first property. By the end of the episode, you will understand how banks decide whether or not to approve a mortgage application, the pros and cons of the various loan options that exist, the difference between preapproval and prequalification, things to look out for when choosing a lender, and more! Buying your first home isn’t something to be taken lightly, and Tony’s insights will leave you feeling well-equipped to make decisions that are going to serve you well, now and in the future.

Key Points From the Episode

  • Tony shares a number of current market trends that are important to be aware of.
  • Factors that are putting huge pressure on housing affordability (particularly for first-time homeowners)
  • What a debt-to-income ratio is and how banks use it to determine which mortgage applications to approve.
  • Why Tony recommends an income-based repayment plan for student loan debt.
  • A question you should ask yourself before applying for a mortgage. 
  • An overview of the traditional lending options that are available to first-time home buyers. 
  • Advantages and disadvantages of taking out an FHA loan.
  • Benefits of the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional loan programs.
  • Examples of additional loan programs.
  • Details about First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan. 
  • Factors to take into consideration when choosing a lender.
  • The difference between preapproval and prequalification.
  • Advice for choosing a real estate agent to work with.
  • Implications of a ruling that is likely going to be passed by the Supreme Court.

Episode Highlights

We’re in an environment of higher interest rates than we’ve seen in a long time. We haven’t seen rates like this since the early 2000s.” — Tony Umholtz [0:02:13]

Just because the lender says, ‘We can give you this loan,’ it doesn’t mean it’s what is best for you.” — Tony Umholtz [0:15:43]

There’s a tremendous amount of liquidity for first-time home buyers. So I would ignore a lot of what you hear in the media.” — Tony Umholtz [0:16:59]

It’s a good time to buy because the inventory levels are low, prices are stable, you can get a better deal than you could a few years ago when the market was so hot you couldn’t even order an appraisal sometimes.” — Tony Umholtz [0:24:05]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.8] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrick here, and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom.

This week, I welcome back on to the show, Tony Umholtz, a mortgage loan officer with First Horizon Bank. During the show, I tap into Tony’s 20-plus years of experience in the industry to form a checklist for first-time home buyers. We discuss how to determine how much home you can afford, the different types of loan options to consider, what to look for in choosing a lender, and much more.

Okay, let’s hear it from today’s sponsor, First Horizon, and then we’ll jump into my interview with Tony.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:00:36.6] TU: Does saving 20% for a downpayment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meeting that saving 20% for a downpayment on a home may take years. 

We’ve been on a hunt for a solution for pharmacists that are ready to purchase a home loan with a lower down payment and are happy to have found that option with First Horizon. First Horizon offers a professional home loan option, AKA, doctor or pharmacist home loan, that requires a 3% down payment for a single-family home or townhome for first-time home buyers, has no PMI, and offers a 30-year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to USD 726,200.

The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii and can be used to purchase condos as well. However, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. To check out the requirements for First Horizon’s Pharmacist Home Loan, and to start the preapproval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:48.5] TU1: Tony, welcome back to the show.

[0:01:50.5] TU2: Tim, thanks for having me, great to be here.

[0:01:52.1] TU1: Excited to have you back and I’m going to start with my standard question to you, given the ongoing volatility that we’re seeing in the mortgage landscape. What are the market trends and realities that you’re seeing right now that our listeners should be aware of?

[0:02:06.9] TU2: Well, there’s a lot to digest right now with what the federal reserve has done this past year and you know, we’re in an environment of higher interest rates than we’ve seen in a long time. We haven’t seen rates like this since the early 2000s and, you know, a couple of things to watch right now, the big news last week was that our US treasury needed to borrow an additional 275 billion that they didn’t have in the budget. So that kind of pushed rates a little higher across the board. It does help fixed-income investors because rates are higher for investments but for mortgage, mortgages, and borrowers, especially if you have variable rate like credit card loans and things like that and home equity lines, those rates are really taking a hit here recently.

[0:02:51.9] TU1: Yeah, 275 billion, small details, right? That we need to be planning for, you know, we talk about a balanced budget on the personal side. We don’t have that luxury, right? 

[0:03:00.5] TU2: That’s right, that’s right. You know, I was teasing my wife about it too. I said, “You know, look, it’s important that we keep a good budget because we can see what’s happening in our national debt,” but I think, you know, it’s funny. Back to that point you know overall, I’ve seen – this is – I’m going into my 21st year of this industry, and people on average I feel are better stewards with their money than they used to be.

Like I look back in the mid-200s, it was a lot different. People were always coming to me very indebted, not that everyone’s perfect now but it just seems like people are better educated and better stewards overall from what I’ve seen. It’s been a choppy market and I think we could be in for higher rates for some time unless we see some big global macro event.

You know, a bank failure or unemployment spike or, you know, GDP really collapse, those sort of catalysts would cause rates to get worse. On the bright side, most markets around the country, inventory levels are low and there’s just not enough homes. So home prices have continued to go up in most areas and that’s been a challenge too because you have higher interest rates and higher home prices.

I don’t think home prices are going to fall, given the inventory levels, because that’s how you measure price stabilities, inventory. I mean, there’s always areas that are going to be suffering more than others. So we can’t generalize that every city is the same but the majority of the cities in the US right now have a lack of inventory and that’s causing prices to be stable and even going up despite the headwinds.

[0:04:40.0] TU1: Yeah, and it feels like there’s several factors, you know, we’ve talked about this before on the show about inventory being an issue. Obviously, rates where they are, which I think is putting a lot of pressure on first-time homebuyers.

We’re going to talk in a little bit about student loans here coming back online and the impact of that for first-time home buyers and then I think there’s the reality of, you know, Jess and I talk about this often, so many of us that locked in homes at the high twos and low threes pre-pandemic and the beginning of the pandemic, unless there’s a significant reason to move, a lot of people are saying, “I don’t want to give up that rate,” right? “Why would I give up you know, 2.8, 2.8, 3% to take on a 7% plus rate?” So I suspect that probably is worsening, you know, some of the supply and demand as well, is that fair?

[0:05:26.1] TU2: Absolutely, I think that’s a big, very fair, big driver of why inventory’s tight, right? Because people, even though they may need a bigger home, their family’s grown, they don’t want to give up that interest rate. But it’s interesting, we’re starting to see, and it’s just a few cases, but I’m starting to see people that have so much equity. They have that 30-year at 3% but they have so much equity and they built up other debts. So you know, credit card debt mainly. Other liabilities, auto loans that are higher interest rates than that, where even if you took a rate in the sixes to cash out, refinance it, and pay off your debt, you’re saving a thousand dollars a month in cash flow. 

So I think, at some point, you know, being married to that super low rate on a small loan balance, even a higher mortgage rate could pay off for some people to consolidate because cash flow is the key, right? Payments, what you’re paying. And it’s not all about rate one mortgage, you gotta look at your whole debt profile but there are a lot of people with those low rates and it’s just one of those things, right? You know, you don’t want to move when you’ve got a payment like that and even though you have but you are sitting on a lot of equity.

[0:06:36.3] TU1: Yeah, it’s interesting. I appreciate the comment about looking at the whole portfolio. You know, something like debt consolidation may be a factor or you know, to your point, where at one point in time, especially as you’re getting started and you don’t have a lot of equity, that low rate can be a huge advantage but at some point, you’ve got a lot of equity that’s sitting in your home, right? And depending on what else is going on in the financial plan, there may be other options to consider. 

So today, Tony, we’re going to cover a checklist for first-time home buyers that includes determining how much one can purchase. We’ll talk about affordability, evaluating the loan options that are out there, factors in choosing a lender, and also in selecting a real estate agent. So let’s go through this one by one. First on our checklist is the determination of affordability, right? 

Relevant topic just given what we talked about here over the last few minutes. I think as we’ve seen, as you mentioned, escalation or at least stability of home prices, rising interest rates, we talked about that and for many of our first-time home buyers, federal student loan payments are going to be coming back online for the first time in over three and a half years.

All of this is putting pressure on affordability, especially again for those first-time home buyers that may not have equity built up in a previous home. So let’s start with how the bank determines affordability, AKA, how much mortgage they will approve, and then we can talk about how the individual may also determine affordability. So give us the rundown. I know this is fluid in some cases but how does the bank look at the affordability of how much home one can ultimately afford?

[0:08:08.9] TU2: Sure. Well, you know, for the majority of the products, Tim, the debt-to-income ratio that we look for is 43%. So what that means, debt-to-income ratio, is your total income, total debt, your debts cannot be higher than 43% of your income. Now, that’s gross monthly income, okay? 

So if you’re W2 wage earner, then it’s going to be before tax, right? So that’s going to be – a quick example, if you make USD 10,000 in household income per month, your total liabilities including that new mortgage payment cannot exceed 4,300. So that would be the basic calculation of a debt-to-income ratio. That’s what the majority of lenders look at. Now, there’s ways to get like, we do have the ability, especially for those who are putting more money down like more than putting 20% down for example, we do have the ability a lot of times to go up as high as 50% debt-to-income ratio. 

But you typically have to have compensating factors like, you know, 20% down or more, higher credit scores, you know, liquidity, things like that. So that’s normally when you see some of the higher debt-to-income ratios but I would say 43 is where you want to be at for a safe number. That’s what the majority of the lenders in our country are going to look at.

[0:09:33.4] TU1: And just to reinforce what you said, that’s not just mortgage payment, that’s total debt loads, right? So if there’s debt commitments, that could be credit card, debt commitments to car payments.

[0:09:43.7] TU2: Right.

[0:09:44.1] TU1: Debt commitments to student loans. Let’s talk about that for a moment. So we, again,  we’re coming back online here in the fall. Many of our listeners, especially first-time homebuyers, may have upwards of USD 200,000 or more of student loan debt.

Now, depending on how they pay that off, they could very aggressively pay it off if they want to. The standard repayment is a 10-year default option, in that case, they would be looking at monthly payments, 1,800 to USD 2,000 a month, or they could take that out over a longer period of time, which is probably most common, on something like an income-driven repayment plan, which will lower their monthly payment.

So lots of nuances in student loans and I’m curious to hear from your perspective as a lender, someone who has had a lot of experience in this industry, working with pharmacists as well, how do they look at the student loans?

[0:10:31.5] TU2: Well, it is, it’s a great question. I mean, the first thing is normally, I find that the income-based repayment plan is going to give you, especially now, it’s going to probably give you the best ratios for most of our listeners, for most of our potential clients here. There is a factor we use.

For example, if there was no payment, right? Or if you’re in sort of deferment, we’re going to use a factor of the student loans, which is better than like Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and FHA would use but that factor can still be higher than what most have as an income-based repayment, I find.

But there is the factor that we use for the student loan payments that we’ll use to kind of generate a payment that will service that liabilities monthly obligation, and that factor again is less than like, for example, Fannie, Freddie are 1% of the balance per month. So if it’s a USD 200,000 balance, you’re at USD 2,000 per month.

[0:11:30.4] TU1: Yeah.

[0:11:30.8] TU2: Which is pretty unaffordable. This product is 0.5%, which is still high. I mean, at 200,000, it will be a thousand a month. So it’s a more generous way but it’s not, I find that the income-based repayment is typically better. So that’s normally what we recommend.

[0:11:50.9] TU1: I’m glad you brought that up because we do have people that may be deferring for whatever reason. Obviously, we’re in the pause period right now. So understanding again, we talk about all the time that we can’t be thinking about one part of the financial plan in a silo. This is a great example where how you approach your student loan may certainly have an impact on affordability and determination on the mortgage side.

Tony, you mentioned just a few moments ago that something like a higher credit score or greater down payment may be able to push that percentage upwards from 43%. Can the opposite be true? So, you know, a low down payment, and we’ll talk about different financing options here in a little bit, or a lower credit score, could that ultimately work in the opposite direction where maybe it’s not 43% but it’s a lower percentage?

[0:12:38.9] TU2: Sometimes yes. Yeah, there is such scenarios where it might need to be – if the credit score is rocky, although I mean, when we have a little bit of a credit challenge with low down payment, I always look for FHA loans because conventional the answer would be yes, there would be some challenges with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, conventional loans.

But with FHA, that serves as a good niche there and FHA serves that market really well. A lot of times, the interest rates are much better too for that borrower that has a little bit of a credit ding for conventional style, will pivot to that product but yeah, that is exactly right. If you have a higher debt-to-income ratio, low down payment, it’s going to be a more challenging situation for sure.

[0:13:26.5] TU1: So we’re talking here about you know, affordability. What the bank is going to determine that they are comfortable lending you with, and it’s important to call out and remember that the bank’s calculation ultimately is a CYA for the bank, right? It’s to minimize their risk on you as the “lendee” for closing on that loan. 

So they’re trying to determine the likelihood of being able to repay that loan but it’s certainly not a calculation to determine what is or is not ultimately in your best interest with looking at the whole of the financial plan, right? It’s really on the individual borrower to determine what the monthly budget can afford with other goals and priorities in mind and that is a huge piece to consider. 

We often say, Tony, that someone really should start with their own budget, and then obviously, there’s going to be most often, maybe a bigger number in terms of what the bank will determine as affordable and to be able to reconcile that as they go out and search homes. What we’re trying to really do is prevent a situation where someone gets into a home and then pay cut, temporary job loss, something happens and they feel like they’re really strapped month to month. So I would really encourage people, when they look at personal affordability, to answer the question, how much of your monthly take-home pay do you want to be taken up from a home purchase? And being able to feel comfortable with that. 

And this is really a place to mention, you know, principle interest, taxes, and insurance is certainly a portion of that but there’s a lot of other things that we need to be thinking about, right? It could be association fees, it could be maintenance, it could be upgrades. We all know getting into home, things break, we want to upgrade things and so making sure we’ve got margin in the budget to be able to do that as well is really, really important.

[0:15:09.1] TU2: HOA fees are going to be included so if homeowner’s association fees, something else called CDD fees, which are community which developers pass along to the new homeowner in a lot of parts of the country for new construction communities and those can be, they’re like a non-Ad Valorem tax that gets added on to your property taxes. 

Those are another cost that’s factored into the debt ratios and so that’s something to consider but again, yes, home repairs, furnishing, all that has to be considered. Just because the lender says, “We can give you this loan,” it doesn’t mean it’s what is best for you.

[0:15:51.6] TU1: So that’s number one on our checklist. Number two for our checklist for first-time home buyers is evaluating the different loan options. Tony, something we’ve talked about before in the show and we’ll link in the show notes to some of those previous episodes where folks can dig in in more detail but it’s worth revisiting as it’s an important part, a really important part for a prospective homebuyer to understand the various options and products that are out there.

You’ve already mentioned a couple of these, FHA, you mentioned the conventional loans offered through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Give us a brief overview of the traditional lending options that are available for our first-time home buyer, and then we’ll also talk in more detail about the pharmacist home loan option available through First Horizon.

[0:16:33.0] TU2: Sure. So there are a lot of programs available for first-time home buyers and for residential financing in particular. I mean, you’ll hear some things in the media about financing tightening up, lending tightening up. It’s primarily on the commercial side and some of the high-end bank portfolio side, whether they’re, you know, you have two million dollar loans, stuff is tightening. But there’s a tremendous amount of liquidity for first-time home buyers. So I would ignore a lot of what you hear, you know, in the media regarding that. 

The first product I’ll mention, which I mentioned earlier, FHA is a very common program for first-time home buyers, especially if your credit is a little lower, if it’s under 680. A lot of times, that’s the best product option from a rate perspective. The benefits of it is you can put as little as three and a half percent down and the loan limits are going to differ by county. So it’s going to depend on what county you’re buying in and that will determine the loan limit, the max loan limit available.

The downside of FHA is it’s got permanent lifetime mortgage insurance. You cannot get rid of the mortgage insurance for the life of the loan. It’s always going to be on the loan and it’s something that gets added on to that monthly payment every month. So that’s the downside of FHA but one of the positives of FHA, and I write a few of these a year, is that it’s the best primary multi-family loan program out there.

I have some really good success stories over the years of young professionals buying triplexes and fourplexes and duplexes, living in one unit, renting the rest of them and it becomes this great lifetime asset. So there are some benefits to FHA financing. There are some good things, some flexibility on down payments and you can get gift funds and so forth, so there are some good things there. 

The other is Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which are conventional loan programs. They have, again, some really good programs here as far as you know, 3% down, 5% down options. The PMI on those loans is not lifetime, it can be removed, typically after two years of paying it and even sooner if you come up with the down payment. 

Like for example, I’ve had clients that put 10% down, and then literally, six months later they say, “Hey, you know, we ended up coming up with another 10% and we want to put it down and get rid of that MI,” and you can do that, you can do it within that two years. It’s based on the original purchase price but you can get rid of the MI that way too. 

And then the other side of that is, we’re starting to see and this is, again, I gotta be careful how I say this but I’m based in Florida so I’m really familiar with these programs in Florida but there’s some state-based programs for first-time home buyers. 

Like, we have one in Florida right now where you can essentially get 100% financing. We’ll do a Fannie Mae first mortgage or Freddie Mac first mortgage, and then the state will give you a second at 0% and there’s income caps on that one and the majority of your listeners, Tim, are probably not going to qualify for these interstates because there’s income caps. Like, you can’t earn over a certain limit. The Florida one is very generous, it’s 130,000. So that’s one of the highest I’ve ever heard of but that we’ve got some loans we’re working on here for that down here in Florida but there’s some nichey programs that can fall on our conventional with certain states. 

Then the other – I say, the last one is going to be sparingly used, but VA loans. If you have someone that’s a first-time homebuyer or even if their spouse served in the military, VA is a great program for buyers. I mean, it’s just tremendous. No PMI, 100% financing, and some of the best interest rates on the market. We have no lender fees for them. It’s a very, very good program for that audience. 

And then lastly, you know, the nichey programs like the one we offer for pharmacists and professionals with no PMI and again, you have to be a pharmacist or be in a certain field to qualify. But that can be as little as 3% down with no PMI if you’re a first-time home buyer and 5% down if you’ve owned before and that loan amount will go all the way up to USD 727,000. So it really covers the majority of first-time home buyers, maybe except those in California, you know, it is still pretty expensive there but for the majority of our audience, that will satisfy that need. 

[0:21:17.9] TU1: Great overview Tony, I think that highlights well, you know, we’ll talk in a moment here about choosing a lender but when working with a lender, especially one that’s well-versed in all the options and nuances especially, you know, you’ve referenced several times here different cases where, you know, in working with many pharmacists, people have maybe done a house hack. That might be really attractive for an FHA. Or got a low credit score,  maybe an FHA or availability of down payment or access to a VA loan and I’m not from there, it’s the first time I’m hearing about some of the state-based programs. So you know certainly, your expertise in Florida, although you work with pharmacists and others across the country as well. 

So I think that’s an interesting one for our community to look into further and I know we do have folks that are listening in Florida that may be just hovering around that one, you know, 30 mark. So depending on applicability, I think that would be worth reaching out to inquire more about as well. I want to make sure our folks are well aware of the pharmacist home loan option via First Horizon. 

You just covered some of the basics in terms of down payment, maximum loan amount. One of the reasons that we’ve been excited about this collaboration over the years is the national availability and the lower 48 of this product, knowing that our community is based all across the country. Tell us just a little bit more about that eligibility. You know, I’m thinking about things like credit scores. 

So you mentioned no PMI, you mentioned the down payment, you mentioned the loan limits but are there folks where credit score may become an issue here that would point them to an FHA loan? Any other details that individuals need to be aware with this product? 

[0:22:49.3] TU2: Sure, sure, good question. The minimum credit score, there’s no maximum but the minimum credit score is 700. So 700 is going to be the minimum credit score for the product and then if you’re under that, we do have ways to help boost credit scores. We have a technology where we can evaluate credit and we can actually see what your score can get to by certain activities, paying certain debts down, maybe a percentage of your credit card, and we’ve helped numerous clients with that. You know, it is almost on a monthly basis. That’s a good tool to get the credit scores higher but 700 is kind of that line in the sand. We can’t go below that for the no MI product, so it’s going to be your minimum score. 

You know, as far as the overview of the product, what I love about it is there’s no reserve requirements. A lot of these products have hefty reserve requirements and we don’t have that for it because that really helps first-time home buyers that may not have a lot of savings built up yet or investments built up yet. There’s also no prepayment penalty, which I think is very important because I really believe in the next two years that we’re going to see some really good opportunities to refinance. 

That’s why I still think it’s a good time to buy because the inventory levels are low, prices are stable, you can get a better deal than you could a few years ago when the market was so hot you couldn’t even order an appraisal sometimes. It’s still one of those times where I think you’re going to have a chance to get the home you need, build that, and actually have a chance to lower your payments in the future. 

I do think we’re going to see that happen. The other variable would just be, we only offer a fixed rate on the product, so it is only a 30-year fixed on this particular option, there’s no 15-year. The last thing I will mention too is it does a lot of duplexes, the three and the fourplexes are allowed but it requires a pretty hefty down payment, it’s usually 20%, where the duplex is only 15% with no MI. 

So we’ve used that a few times for pharmacists that want to get into their first property and utilize this program. Quick high level of it. To me, the biggest factors are the no MI, no prepayment penalty, and the flexibility on reserve. 

[0:25:10.2] TU1: I’m glad you mentioned the reserve requirement because I think that’s something we’re going to be seeing as more of an issue. You mentioned first-time home buyers naturally that is but especially with student loan payments coming back online that are going to eat into the ability to be able to save up those reserves. Over time, I think that is going to be an important factor that individuals are looking for. 

We’ve got some great information on the website, we’ll link to in the show notes as well. You can to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan, click on “get started,” we’ve got a brief form that you can fill out, and then we’ll get you connected with Tony so you can learn more about that product. 

Tony, third on our checklist for first-time home buyers is choosing a lender and getting pre-approval. Obviously, you’re biased in terms of the work that you do for good reasons and the value that you provided to many pharmacists out there that are listening, but from your perspective, what are some of the top factors that one should be looking for when choosing with a lender that they want to move forward with? 

[0:26:06.9] TU2: Sure. You know, I would say communication is one of the biggest pieces. Being able to communicate is critical in this process because there’s a lot of questions, there’s a lot of things that come up in the home-buying process, so I say communication is number one. The other piece would be service. 

You know, I think a mistake a lot of people make is they kind of chase interest rates on the Internet and it can backfire because a lot of times, that’s how they get you in the door to call them and things change once you get in the door and get the application in and the, you know, I think that the service side, being able to close on time, meet the milestones of your contract is really important. 

So finding a lender that communicates well but also can meet all those timelines, can close quickly if you need to because if someone – you can close in three weeks or under 30 days. Sometimes, you can go back to the seller and save five, USD 10,000 on the purchase price of the home. It’s a big deal, so I think having bid.

I think in service of meeting the commitment letter date, making sure you use local appraisers. Because some of the bigger lenders will actually use an appraisal management service, where you can have more challenges with the appraisal process than some of the smaller local lenders. So I think that again, it’s a comfort feeling, it’s communication, it’s service, and then having a competitive product I think is important too. You know, having a product that’s a good fit for your needs is important as well. I think those three.

There are a lot of good lenders out there. There really are. It’s getting hard. It’s tough on the lending industry, the volumes have dropped 40% from last year. A lot of lenders are leaving the business, so it is a much tougher environment for the mortgage market right now but there are still good lenders out there for sure. 

[0:28:00.3] TU1: Once somebody choose a lender, quickly after that is going to become a preapproval so they can go out there seriously look at homes, be ready to make offers and I think this is an area we see a lot of confusion on partly because of the online shopping of rates and quick access and easy solutions and that being the preapproval versus the prequalification. So tell us briefly about the difference and why the preapproval process is so important. 

[0:28:24.3] TU2: So when you go looking for homes, a lot of the real estate agents will ask you, and now we’re going to talk about real estate agents shortly, but they’re going to say, “Do you have a preapproval letter?” You know, that’s going to be the first thing before they even want to engage with you, they’re going to want to make sure you have that and the difference between the preapproval and prequalification are that the lender has checked your income, and checked your credit report. 

Those are the two major factors, right? We verified the income, we verified your credit. The prequalification, which a lot of us can get online, is pretty simple. It’s more verbal than anything, right? So verbal verification, where a preapproval, you are actually providing the information to the lender and they’re reviewing it and making sure that from a high level, your income is accurate and your debt-to-income ratio works. 

A lot of listing agents won’t even allow you into the property unless you first get that preapproval. It’s either, “Can you pay cash or do you have a preapproval?” Because they call us. We get calls from the listing agents all the time, “Is this client qualified?” And that’s a big factor when you make an offer, is what does that preapproval letter say? And because there’s still multiple offers and sometimes, you know, multiple buyers looking at a home, we still get those phone calls and that I think is very important to have a strong preapproval. That’s going to be the factor in a lot of times, moving forward and it gives you peace of mind. 

I understand, you know, “Hey, I don’t want my credit run,” things like that and you know an inquiry on a credit report, having one or two lenders look at it is going to have no impact on your report. It’s when you have multiple types of creditors looking at one time. So if you come to our team and get your credit run and then you go to Bank of America and have them run your credit for a mortgage but then you have Dillard’s run your credit for a credit card, you have Macy’s run your credit for a credit card, and you have a car loan, well, those are different types of creditors all at one time that will impact for sure, but it still won’t be much, it will be a few points. 

Where I find people get confused on this and start to go off on a credit tangent is, you know, you can go to a Best Buy, right? And buy a TV and they’ll say, “Okay, here’s that USD 2,000 TV with no interest for a year if you take this credit” and so many people will do that. That will whack your score 40 to 50 points immediately because it shows up as a maxed-out credit card. 

[0:30:51.3] TU1: Yep, high utilization. 

[0:30:52.7] TU2: Those are misconceptions, I see a lot of borrowers, especially first-time home buyers, will come to me so concerned about an inquiry and they have things like that or their credit card been up to – much more impactful and on [inaudible 0:31:09.0] but yeah, it is a critical thing to have a preapproval in my opinion especially your first time out.

[0:31:17.6] TU1: So glad you mentioned about credit. I remember you saying that on a previous episode and I think that’s just a lot of ways in there, right? Because we often think about it, you know, if you’ve got a personal credit card with a max of 20, USD 25,000 and you’re charging on average three or USD 4,000 a month, you’re at a reasonable percentage of utilization that’s not going to have a negative impact on your score. 

In fact, you know, utilization and timely path of credit can have a positive impact on your score but if you go out and buy a piece of furniture, a TV, or whatever, that essentially looks like a maxed-out credit card so that can have a negative impact, great point there. So we’ve talked about affordability, we’ve talked about evaluating loan options, we’ve talked about choosing a lender and getting approval. 

And fourth on our checklist is choosing a real estate agent and I would certainly want to give a shoutout here to Nate Hedrick, who is a frequent guest on the YFP Podcast, cohost of The Real Estate Investing Podcast, who has a home buying concierge service intended to connect folks with an agent local in their area. We’ve got more information on the website that we’ll link to in the show notes. 

I’m certainly interested, Tony, in your experiences over two decades now, where you regularly work with agents. What are the characteristics that make up a good agent that someone can be looking for when choosing who they want to ultimately go forward with? 

[0:32:33.1] TU2: Yeah, a great question and I’m going to bring up something else about agents here in a minute that could change the framework of the industry here very soon but a couple high-level points. I think, you know, the first thing would be, obviously, back to the same thing as the lenders is communication, right? Communication and that rapport is very important and the other piece is just doing their homework, right? What you’re looking for. 

I mean, some agents will come to us, and I’ll just give an example real quick when we do conventional loans for 20% down through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, oftentimes we’ll get an appraisal waiver. So that means there’s no appraisal needed. Now, you could still do an appraisal as a buyer but oftentimes, when they get that, they want to waive it because they save the appraisal fee. 

A lot of the good agents will do so much work on comping the home out and the offer price and knowing what the comps are, those borrowers will feel comfortable moving forward without the appraisal, right? Because of the work that agent has done. So I think just knowledge of the area, knowledge of the process, communication, do they have a good reputation with other listing agents? 

That is huge, I mean, I find that some of the – I work with a lot of realtors just around here in Tampa especially but I have some in other states. It’s amazing, even not where I can see them face to face all the time. In fact, I had a Zoom call with a great friend of mine in Miami that has a big team and we would talk this morning to his team at nine just about the market and what we’re seeing. 

But I think just seeing these agents that I have worked with around rather for a long time, ten-plus years, is the ones that play well with everyone else and have a good reputation, when they bring a buyer to that other list, that other realtor’s listing, guess who gets, “Hey, this guy, he knows he’s bringing a qualified buyer. He’s not playing games, he negotiates the right way.” 

So I think having a good reputation is really important and that brings me to something else which I’m kind of following from a distance but it is going to be huge for the real estate industry, and I think for the entire residential industry is right now, the Supreme Court is reviewing a case with the National Association of Realtors and basically to summarize this case is it’s going to eliminate most parts of the country. 

When you as a buyer go buy a home, the commissions are paid from the seller’s proceeds, right? So the [inaudible 0:35:03.5] who represents the seller will get 3% or 2%, whatever it might be for that area and then the buyer’s agent will get the same, right? Two and a half, 3%, whatever it might be. Well, under this new rule, it would be more like the commercial market, where a buyer of a commercial piece of property in a lot of cases pays their broker out of their own pocket, right? So they pay the 3% out of their own pocket. 

Well, this is really significant for the entire industry, because however you’re going to source business as a real estate agent, your buyers are going to have to be educated now because they’re going to be responsible before your pay because of this new Supreme Court ruling not allowing the listing agent. So there is a lot of moving parts here, I don’t want to speculate. 

[0:35:50.0] TU1: Wow. 

[0:35:50.2] TU2: But it is a huge thing that I think not a lot of people know about. Some of the big real estate companies are talking about it but it’s a huge deal because in my mind, I’m looking at it I’m like, “Well, what do we do?” So you know, we do allow 3% seller concessions, can we increase the loan amount to cover part of it? I mean, is that going to still be allowed? Because a lot of first-time home buyers are going to be impacted [inaudible 0:36:14.4] either agent two and a half, 3% of the sales price, right? 

So I think in the end, it’s going to be net-net the same day everyone because it’s going to mean, “All right, so the price is a little lower because you are paying that extra 3% directly,” but it could end up being, “Hey, you have to come up with more money at closing.” So this is a moving conversation.

I haven’t followed it close enough to know exactly when it’s going to come out. I don’t think the industry knows when the ruling is actually going to come out and which way it’s going to go but it’s like a lot of really smart people in the real estate business I’ve spoken to have told me that they think it’s going to pass or it’s going to change the dynamics of the industry.

So it’s just something to watch and if you’re kind of on the fence now buy, I would say, you’re going to buy and you’re going to be – you know, kind of my thoughts on buying is if you’re going to be in a city for five years or more, it’s almost a no brainer to buy. I mean, even if property values fail by 5% or 10% or whatever, between amortization, tax deductions, escalations annually, it’s hard to lose. 

I mean, home ownership in the long run is just one of the best wealth-building tools, probably a good idea to do it before that ruling, right? If it does end up going the other way and you gotta come up with that additional 3% for your agent because it’s really going to change a lot of dynamics.

[0:37:39.3] TU1: Certainly a lot to follow there and a couple of thoughts are coming to mind, Tony, was one, you know the implications of a buyer now having to come forward with those dollars, right? Already – especially first-time home buyers, you know bringing cash to the table can be a challenge, and then I thought about the characteristics you listed off of a good agent.

You know, excellent communication, experience I think is one that is really significant. You see a huge range of experience and expertise and agents in terms of how many homes are they selling or working with the buyer-seller throughout the year, and for how many years? And then reputation in terms of reputation with other agents, are they kind, do they do business in a good way? But those characteristics I think, especially with that responsibility, potentially falling on the buyer. You know, anytime somebody has skin in the game now, they’re going to be looking for more of that, right? Whereas, I think right now, the bar of entry and to somebody choosing an agent is probably pretty low because they’re not necessarily feeling the financial transaction of that.

So great insights, that’s something we’ll be following as well and really appreciate your perspective as we went through this checklist as well. For folks that want to get connected with Tony and learn more, make sure to check out, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. You can click on “get started” and we’ll make sure to get you over to Tony. As always, Tony, I really appreciate your perspective and having you on the show.

[0:39:00.5] TU2: Thanks for having me, always great to be here. Thank you.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[0:39:04.2] TU1: Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again, thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home.

A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% down payment for a single-family home or townhome for first-time home buyers and has no PMI on a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage.

To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to get started with the preapproval process, you can visit, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:39:48.9] TU1: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only, and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog post, and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 321: Navigating Financial Conversations with Aging Parents


Award-winning journalist and author Cameron Huddleston joins the YFP Podcast to talk about navigating financial conversations with aging parents.

About Today’s Guest

Cameron Huddleston is an author, speaker and award-winning journalist with 20 years of experience writing about personal finance. Her work has appeared in Forbes, Kiplinger’s Personal Finance, Chicago Tribune, MSN, Yahoo and many more print and online publications. She is a mom of three awesome kids and was a caregiver for her own mom, who had Alzheimer’s disease. SHe is the author of Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk: How to Have Essential Conversations With Your Parents About Their Finances. 

Episode Summary

Money talk isn’t always easy to initiate, but in some cases it’s essential. Today, we are joined by award-winning journalist and author of Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk, Cameron Huddleston, to discuss the often-overlooked topic of navigating financial conversations and decisions with aging parents. Cameron shares key insights into why these discussions are crucial, how to approach them with love and respect, and practical strategies to initiate meaningful dialogues. We discover the importance of estate planning documents, ways to involve siblings harmoniously, and the significance of long-term care planning to ensure a secure future for both parents and their adult children. Tune in to gain valuable advice and actionable steps to foster open, productive conversations that empower families to address financial matters and caregiving needs with confidence and compassion.

Key Points From the Episode

  • Introducing award-winning journalist and author, Cameron Huddleston.
  • Insight into her book Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk.
  • The importance of talking to aging parents about their finances and long-term care planning.
  • Key fears preventing people from having these conversations.
  • Strategies to initiate conversations with parents about their finances.
  • Why it’s important to involve siblings in these discussions.
  • The basics you need to cover in these conversations.
  • Cameron offers listeners a free In Case of Emergency (ICE) Organizer.
  • What to discuss with regard to long-term care planning.
  • The emotional toll of being an unpaid family caregiver.

Episode Highlights

“The benefit of having these conversations sooner rather than later is that you can avoid some of the emotional reactions that can crop up.” — @CHLebedinsky [0:08:34]

“If you wait until [your aging parents] are no longer mentally able to make decisions on their own, then they’re not going to be able to sign the document and you have to go through the court process of becoming their conservator.” — @CHLebedinsky [0:15:18]

“It’s a good idea, when talking to your siblings, to talk a little bit about what roles each of you is willing to play in your parents’ financial lives as they age.” — @CHLebedinsky [0:21:00]

“More than half of adults 65 and older will need long-term care at some point.” — @CHLebedinsky [0:25:46]

“If you make a plan, you have more options available to you. If you wait until that emergency — you can’t get long-term care insurance once you already need it.” — @CHLebedinsky [0:28:37]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.8] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom.

This week, I welcome back onto the show, Cameron Huddleston. Cameron is an experienced award-winning journalist and author of Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk: How to Have Essential Conversations with Your Parents about Their Finances. We talk through why it is important to have these conversations with your parents, how to start the conversations, and what to do if your parents are reluctant to talk.

Before we jump into my interview with Cameron, let’s hear a brief message from YFP team member, Justin Woods.

[YFP MESSAGE]

[0:00:37.5] JW: Hey, Your Financial Pharmacist community, it’s Justin Woods, director of business development at YFP. I’m curious, have you taken a pulse on your financial health lately? It’s so easy to get swept away by the day-to-day of careers, family, and life in general but now is a great time to hit the brakes and check in to see how financially fit you are. Are you heading in the right direction to meet your financial goals? 

Is your retirement planning on track? Do you have adequate insurance in place? We created a five-minute financial fitness test so that you can learn about the areas of your financial plan that you may need to work on, maybe where you’re crushing it, and resources that could help you along the way. So head on over to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/fitness, to see how your financial health is tracking. 

Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/fitness or click the link in the show notes below.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:01:31.3] TU: Cameron, welcome back to the show.

[0:01:33.0] CH: Thanks so much for having me.

[0:01:35.1] TU: I’m so glad to have you back and today, we’re going to be doing a deep dive into a difficult, yet very important topic and that is navigating financial conversations and decisions with aging parents, and Cameron, for our listeners that didn’t previously catch you on the YFP Podcast several years back, tell us why this topic is so important to you, such as it has led to you to speak and write extensively on this topic, including the work that you did in your book, Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk

[0:02:05.5] CH: You know, it’s funny, I never set out to be an expert on having family money conversations, yet, I have found myself in this position largely because of personal experience. I have been a personal finance journalist for more than 20 years and when I was 35 and my mom was 65, she was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease and I found myself having to get involved with her care and get involved with her finances.

But we had never had any detailed conversations about her finances and you know, looking back, I think, “Oh gosh, I should have known better, I was a financial journalist, I should have had these conversations with my mom” but it never crossed my mind that I needed to talk to my mom about her finances and so then, I found myself having to play detective to get the details I needed about her finances as she was forgetting those details herself. 

So that experience prompted me to write a book, to help people realize the importance of having these conversations before there’s an emergency. You know also, my dad’s story played a role on this too. He died at 61 without a will and he was in a second marriage and he was an attorney. He should have known better. He should have had estate planning documents and it came as a huge shock to me that he didn’t. 

You know a lot of times, we think our parents are on top of things or they might tell us that they are but are they really? And then you start to ask questions and you find out that they’re not as prepared as you think they are and so I just really want people to realize that these conversations are so important because there will come a point when you have to get involved with your parent’s finances, either if they need care or help as they get older or when they pass away and you have to manage what is left behind.

[0:04:04.1] TU: Yeah, Cameron, your story really resonates with me and I suspect that our audience as well. One of the things I shared with you before we hit record is that we’re seeing more and more folks in our community that are challenged, you know, with being stuck in terms of having, obviously, their own financial situation, perhaps young or growing family that is presenting financial needs and now there’s this component with aging and elderly parents that you know, may not only be difficult conversations but also there may be really real financial impact on their own situation as well.

And so I think you know, your story and what you mentioned about you know, your father being an attorney, somebody that knows the importance of these documents and not having them in place really speaks to just how emotional and challenging this topic can be and that’s really where I want to start, right? Because I think that for those that have aging adult parents, very common situation where the fears that surface when we consider talking about money with our parents.

I know it’s something that I have felt myself and so much so that in the book that you wrote, Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk, you referenced a study from a care.com survey, showing that more than half of parents would rather have the sex talk with their kids than talk to their parents about money and aging issues. What are some of the fears that are holding people back from having these crucial conversations, right? After all, we know that they’re essential ones to have.

[0:05:32.1] CH: One of the big ones is that we are afraid if we have these conversations, our parents might think we’re being greedy, especially if you want to ask about those estate planning documents. We’re afraid if I ask Mom and Dad if they have a will or a trust, they’re going to think that I’m just trying to find out what I’m going to get when they die and so it’s a logical fear for sure. 

You know, we might be afraid that our parents are thinking we’re being nosey because most people are pretty tight-lipped about their finances. We might be afraid that our parents are going to get angry with us and it’s going to create a rift in our relationship. I think though if you approach these conversations out of love and respect.

[0:06:18.0] TU: Yes.

[0:06:19.7] CH: Then you’re not going to make your parents angry, they might be a little surprised initially that you want to address this topic but if you let them know that you are looking out for their best interest, that you want to know what their wishes are so that you can honor those wishes, they hopefully will recognize the value in having this conversation and they’re not going to think that you’re just trying to figure out how much money you’re going to get when they die, especially as long as you don’t start the conversation that way. 

You know, you don’t want to say, “Hey, do you have a will? I want to know what I’m getting.” Of course, they’re going to think you’re being greedy at that point but if you let them know, “Hey, I want to know what your wishes are so I can honor them” then you’re opening the door to having a productive conversation.

[0:07:16.5] TU: Yeah. You know, what really stands out to me there, Cameron, is honor, love, and respect, three words that you use there and I think if that’s the backdrop and the intention of a conversation, it doesn’t mean it’s going to be an easy conversation, right? We still may stumble through it and it’s challenging but I think the outcome of that is likely to be much more fruitful, fit in the spirit of that.

And as I shared with you previously, that is something I have struggled with personally, is that fear and sometimes it’s a story I tell myself but that fear that out of initiating these conversations, there could be a perception of greed, and while I know my heart is not in that place, you know, that is a concern, and I think some of the strategies that you talk about in the book to initiating these conversations.

I think, really, coming at it from a perspective of honoring their wishes as you said, and to be fair, there’s also a personal responsibility that I feel to my family and our financial plan, why I think both of our parents have done a phenomenal job in planning, you know, depending on long-term care, a topic we’ll talk about here in a little bit, and the expenses that may or may not come that could be a financial burden and implication on our family, on our personal finances and so I think there is a responsibility to lean into this conversation from that end as well.

[0:08:32.0] CH: I was going to point out that the benefit of having these conversations sooner rather than later is that you can avoid some of the emotional reactions that can crop up if you wait until an emergency. If you were talking to your parents about their estate planning, their retirement planning, their long-term care planning while they’re still relatively young and healthy, you’re talking about “what if” scenarios. 

“What if this were to happen, what do you want?” As supposed to waiting until there has been that diagnosis of dementia or a cancer diagnosis or whatever. At that point, you are in a crisis, and trying to sort out the financial side of things is going to be a lot more difficult because you’re not talking about a “what if” scenario. You’re talking about, “Hey, you probably need my help now we don’t have a plan, I need to get involved” and that makes it a lot more challenging to have constructive conversations at that point.

[0:09:41.1] TU: Yeah, that’s such a great point that you bring up because one of the traps, and you talk about this in the book, is assuming that a conversation can wait, right? And I think that’s another reason where, you know, having the conversation as early as possible before those situations are live and real and you’re in the moment, I think can really help with managing that conversation in a much more effective and productive way.

Cameron, one of the things I was thinking about is I find this cycle very interesting, right? When I think about the generational patterns that you often see with how we handle our money, right? So I talk with many pharmacists that grew up in a household where money is a taboo topic, right? So there is from the parent to the child relationship where maybe they’re not given the financial vocabulary or it’s a common place to have an open conversation about money and then you see this pattern repeat in reverse, child to parent, later in life or maybe they’re not comfortable initiating that conversation. 

And so I think for our listeners, I share that as hopefully some encouragement to break some of these cycles, right? That might be running generationally as it relates to how we handle our money but it’s so important. One of the implications we see often when we’re working through the financial plan is, it’s not just the exes and O’s, it’s not just the objectives. So much of this topic is emotional. 

So much of this topic comes back to how were we raised, what are the money scripts and stories that we grew up with and what are the implications of that on our financial plan.

[0:11:06.0] CH: I agree 100% and I think it’s a really good idea before you start having these conversations to spend a little time thinking about why your parents might be reluctant to have the conversation if you think that they will be reluctant. If money has been a topic that your family has addressed, you know since you were little, then you have a lot less story about and I don’t mean to say that you have a lot to worry about if it wasn’t a topic of conversation in your family but I do think it’s a good idea to think, “Why might my parents be reluctant?” 

“Are they embarrassed about their financial situation, do they simply believe that money is a taboo topic? Do they not like the idea of talking about aging in death?” If you can pinpoint the reason they might be reluctant, then you avoid approaching the conversation from that angle. So let’s say, Mom and Dad don’t like to think about death, they never talk about it. So you don’t start by asking them about what sort of estate planning they’ve done. 

You choose a different approach, you know, “How’s retirement going for you or what are your plans for retirement?” Something along those lines so that you don’t start the conversation off on the wrong foot because you don’t want them to shut down immediately.

[0:12:24.2] TU: Yeah, such a good point and that’s one of the things that I love about the book is I feel like you give very tangible, practical strategies such as conversation starters, right? Because I think that in theory, a lot of people hear this topic and they’re like, “Yes, I know I need to have these difficult financial conversations with my parents and I can understand why but how do I actually engage?” right? 

“How do I begin some of these conversations?” and you give very tangible examples all throughout the book. So I highly encourage our listeners to check out that resource, if they haven’t already done so. One of the things Cameron, you mentioned in the book, is when talking with reluctant parents, how important it is to start with the basics, the must-haves, and then to work from there and then to build upon that. 

What do you mean by the basics? What are you referencing there?

[0:13:14.7] CH: I think it is so important to find out if your parents have estate planning documents and I know some people think, “Oh, an estate plan, that’s something only wealthy people do. My parents don’t have a lot of money, I’m sure they haven’t bothered to draft a will or a trust” but all adults, all adults need estate planning documents. Of course, a will or a trust is important to spell out who gets what when you die because, without one, state law is going to determine who gets what and I don’t think a lot of people realize this. 

So many adults think, “Well, my family can just sort it out” and that is the worst, the absolute worst approach you can take because you might think everyone gets along but as soon as money comes into play, the dynamics change so quickly. I mean, I’ve heard this from estate planning attorneys, I’ve learned this from personal experience and so, you need to make sure your parents have a will or a trust that spells out who gets what when they die and you need to know where that document is. 

Again, you know, say, “Look, we just need to know what your wishes are so that we can honor them and honestly, so we can avoid any fighting down the road.” I think, more important though than that will is a financial power of attorney. The best type to get is a general durable power of attorney, this lets you name someone to make financial decisions and transactions for you if you can’t. General means you’re giving someone broad powers.

Durable means that that power remains in effect once you are no longer mentally competent and so this allows you to plan for dementia and capacity. If it’s not durable, it’s really not going to do you any good and so your parents need to have named someone as their agent under power of attorney. This has to be in place while they are still mentally competent because if you wait until there is a stroke if you wait until they are no longer mentally able to make decisions on their own, then they’re not going to be able to sign the document and you have to go through the core process of becoming their conservator. 

It can be very lengthy, it can be very expensive, you know, and I was lucky with my mother because she had some estate planning documents but when she was showing signs of memory loss, I was like, “Let’s go in and get them updated” and fortunately, she was still competent enough to sign those documents. So don’t assume if your parents are starting to show some signs of memory loss that it’s too late.

Meet with an attorney, don’t, please don’t use those inexpensive or no-cost forms that you can get online. If there’s any document that you meet with an attorney to draft, it is that power of attorney document because if you run into issues down the road, you can always get that attorney on the phone with the financial institution to say, “Yes, this document is legitimate, the person was competent when he or she signed it” and so meet with an attorney or make sure your parents meet with an attorney. 

But they also need to have a medical power of attorney to name someone to make medical decisions for them if they can’t and they need an advanced directive. It’s also called a living will to spell out what sort of end-of-life medical care they do or do not want. These documents are so important, parents need to have them and you need to know where they are because it’s not going to do you or your parents any good if you can’t find them. Start there, then get more information. 

You know, how do they pay their bills, this is part of the emergency planning. If Mom and Dad end up in the hospital and you want to make sure the bills are getting paid while they were in the hospital, you need to know how they’re paid. Are they set up to be paid automatically or are they writing checks? If they’re writing checks, someone else is going to have to be able to sign those checks for them, at least temporarily while they’re in the hospital. 

You know and then keep digging, what are their sources of income? You don’t have to know exactly how much money they have but you need to know, are there retirement savings, are they relying solely on social security benefits, is there a pension, you know, is there debt? Again, you don’t need to know down to the last penny how much debt they owe but are they still paying for a mortgage? 

Are they still paying for student loans that they took out for you or for themselves or for the grandkids? Whatever, just you know, a general idea is a good start. Of course, the more information you can gather the better because if you end up in a situation like I did where you have to manage your parents’ finances, then you’re going to have to know everything. 

[0:17:57.2] TU: So much there to take away and as you talk about in the book, those more advanced types of things, right? You talked about how you’re paying your bills, sources of income, bank accounts, outstanding debts, you know what I think about as like the day-to-day execution, right? You put yourself in the shoes of your parents and you’re responsible for managing that as you mentioned in your own situation, what are the things that you would need to know. 

But the importance of starting with the basics and when they are ready to share and when the time is right to be able to come back to those topics. So I think the progression here is a really important thing to highlight and I would just encourage our listeners, you know, Cameron, as you were talking through the estate planning documents, a reminder not only to our listeners for their aging parents but also for them. 

Many in our community have a young family, they may not have taken this important step and I think because there often could be fear and emotions around this as we see with many of our financial planning clients this isn’t the most exciting part of the financial plan to be thinking about but it’s so important to consider and it’s something that we’re also not just going to set once and forget but we need to come back throughout time and make sure that those documents are updated. 

We talked about the estate planning part of financial planning in great detail in episode 222, we’ll link to that episode in the show notes. I do want to ask you about the sibling component, right? One of the things you just shared is how money can become challenging when you think about the family dynamics, right? That we often hear those horror stories and so that got me thinking as you’re sharing, “Wow, how can even my brother and I prevent some of that?” 

How can we get on the same page? And for us, it’s only him and I and I would expect this becomes more challenging with more siblings, more personalities, you know, more brothers and sisters-in-law and so forth, they’re involved. What advice would you have to our listeners that are trying to think about, “How can I best navigate this relationship with my siblings so we are collectively on the same page in these conversations with our parents? 

[0:19:54.2] CH: I’m so glad you brought this up because sometimes the sibling dynamic can be more complicated than having the conversations with your parents and so I encourage people to actually talk to their siblings before talking to mom and dad so that they can get on the same page. If you have siblings and you decided to go to mom and dad and have these conversations and you don’t include them, then that can create resentment. 

It can create suspicion, “Oh, you talked to Mom and Dad about their finances, what were you trying to do? Get and go with them so that you get all their money when they die?” You don’t want that to happen and so call a family meeting with your siblings, whether it’s in person, whether it’s on Facetime, you know, better to talk but if you have to send a series of emails back and forth that’s certainly better than nothing. 

But you want to let your siblings know that you think it would be a good idea to talk to your parents. You want to figure out who is going to initiate the conversation. Is it one of you, is it all of you, when is going to be the best time to have this conversation? And I also think it’s a good idea when talking to your siblings to talk a little bit about what roles each of you is willing to play in your parents’ financial lives as they age. 

Now, at the end of the day, it’s going to be up to your parents to make those decisions who is going to be the executor of their estate or their trustee, who is going to be the financial power of attorney, the medical power of attorney but if you have had these conversations beforehand with your siblings and then you sit down with your parents and they can see that you’re on the same page, it can make it easier for the parents to open up. 

Because often times, parents are reluctant to have these conversations because they don’t want their kids to fight. I would caution though, if you have a sibling who is likely to sabotage the conversation for whatever reason, maybe the sibling doesn’t get along with you, doesn’t get along with your parents, there are mental health issues, you know, financial, legal problems, then you might not want to include that sibling in the conversation. 

You know, if you have siblings who simply don’t want to participate, it’s okay, don’t force them but I would encourage you to just keep them in the loop because you never know down the road if you do get involved with your parent’s finances, they might want to start getting involved and if you’ve kept them onto the loop all along, then you’re going to run into some issues there and so try to keep an open dialogue as much as possible with your siblings. 

[0:22:29.5] TU: Cameron, in the book one of the things you reference is the “in case of emergency” organizer and I think some of what you previously covered probably falls in here as well but tell us more about what is the purpose of this organizer, what should be in this, and how our listeners could get started with this for their own family or with their parents. 

[0:22:47.2] CH: So I actually created this downloadable file, you can find it on my website at cameronhuddleston.com, it’s free. You can use that or you can create your own. It’s essentially a way to get organized, to help your parents get organized. You can print it out and give it to them because sometimes parents are more willing to write down information rather than tell you directly. This allows them to maintain control over the information. 

So if they don’t want to talk, just say, “Hey look, I get it. This is a sensitive subject. Do me a favor though, here is this “in case of emergency” organizer, fill it out. Fill it out as best as you can, put it in some place safe, and tell me when and how to access it.” I mean, it asks for all sorts of information, social security number, Medicare number, health insurance number, military ID if you served in the military. 

All of your financial accounts, your usernames, your passwords, locations of lockbox keys and deeds, and marriage certificates. I mean, I try to cover everything and so it is a great way to get organized. It is a great way to get your parents organized. You know, if you are in a relationship yourself, I mean, this is information that your spouse or partner is going to need if something happens to you. 

So you know, like I said, if your parents don’t want to tell you information, you might have some luck getting them to write it down. 

[0:24:17.1] TU: Yeah, I really like that strategy and approach and I think also you know, to having a third-party resource can be really helpful. So you know if I, for example, I’m talking to my mom and dad. If I send them a checklist of, “Hey, these are the things I’m asking for, these are the questions that I have” you know, to your point about being intentional and strategic and how we have this conversation in an honoring and loving and respectful way. 

I think sometimes the third-party resource expert such as yourself, having that come from them can be certainly a powerful approach and strategy to consider as well. Cameron, I want to wrap up our time by talking about long-term care planning. In a recent version of your newsletter that you sent out, you talk about the financial and emotional toll that can come from being an unpaid family caregiver, something I’ve seen in my own family. 

With my parents caring for their parents and I suspect this is a conversation that many avoid but has massive implications. So talk us through why this conversation is so important and the strategies that folks can use to open up the dialogue around long-term care planning. 

[0:25:25.0] CH: It is so important to talk to your parents about what sort of long-term care planning they have done because I can tell you most likely they haven’t done any planning. Only 11% of adults have long-term care insurance, which will help pay for the cost of long-term care services but the thing is, more than half of adults, 65 and older will need long-term care at some point, you know? 

This is assistance with what are called the activities of daily living, bathing, getting dressed, eating, getting in and out of bed, long-term care can be provided in your home obviously by family members or paid help you bring in. It can be provided in an assisted living facility, adult daycare centers, memory care facilities, and skilled nursing and so it doesn’t necessarily mean a nursing home, which is a lot of people assume, you know? 

Their parents might say, “Don’t ever put me in a home, don’t put me in a nursing home” and I encourage people if your parents say that to you to not make that promise, to not say, “I promise.” I think the better strategy is to say, “You know, I understand that the idea of going into a nursing home seems really scary. Let’s talk about what sort of care you would want if you need care. Where do you want to receive care?” 

Most likely, they’re going to say in their home because that’s where most people want to receive care and then you say, “Okay, well, if you want to stay in your home, let’s think about whether your home is set up for you to age and place. You know, Mom and Dad, you got a two-story house. Your bedroom is on the second floor. You have a bathtub that you have to step into to take a shower.” 

“Maybe it would be a good idea to start thinking about downsizing to a smaller home with a bedroom on the first floor and an accessible shower with a smaller yard or no yard, a house that requires less maintenance. If we can start putting these plans in place now, then you can stay in your home” and you know, “Do you have a way to pay for someone to come in and provide care? I want to be able to help you in any way possible, however, I have a job.” 

“I have kids, I might not be able to take time off my job or to quit my job to provide care for you. You know, I’m going to do whatever I can to help you but let’s make sure there’s a way to pay for professional care” and maybe Dad says, “Well, you know mom is going to take care of me.” “Dad, can Mom take care of you if you’re both in your 80s? Can she get you up and down the stairs? Can she get you in and out of bed?” 

“Can mom really do this? Does she have the physical and emotional strength to do it?” People don’t think about these things because honestly, it’s depressing. It is but if you make a plan, you have more options available to you. If you wait until that emergency again, you know, you can’t get long-term care insurance once you already need it. That has to be in place, you have to buy long-term care insurance. 

You can get it in your 50s, your early 60s as long as you’re still healthy. You know maybe, they don’t like the idea of paying for long-term care insurance because they might never need it. There are now these hybrid life insurance products that include a long-term care benefit, maybe they have whole life insurance that has accrued cash value and so they can tap into that cash value of their life insurance. 

Maybe it’s a reverse mortgage, maybe they have enough retirement savings to cover the cost of care but you want to talk to your parents about what sort of resources they have and it is really important to discuss who is going to provide that care and to gently make them aware that they might not be able to rely solely on family to provide that care.

[0:29:44.5] TU: Yeah and as you articulate it so well, I mean, there’s all of these financial considerations but there’s the emotional consideration inside of this as well and I think that’s the piece that often gets overlooked, especially with family caregivers. You know, I’ve seen this right now of my grandmother where certainly, the family’s involved but it’s gotten to a point where she needs daily around-the-clock professional help with the home.

And while that’s been very beneficial and in fact, if it’s very, very expensive and it also provides a different dynamic, you know? In terms of obviously, you got different people coming into a home, it’s not the family that’s taking care of her at certain times, and so there’s just so much to consider here and I think more and more reason to have these open conversations as soon as possible, right? 

Before the event comes to be and this becomes even more challenging and more emotional and I think as with many things in life, right? The path to peace of mind and the path to feeling good about the outcome and solution is through the difficult conversations and so I think just huge credit to you Cameron and the work that you’re doing, not only through your book but through your newsletter, your blog, and the impact that you’re having on such an important topic. 

I’m so grateful for your time and the contributions that you have made to our community, which I know is going to be inspiring in their own journeys to make sure that they’re taking action on this topic. As we wrap up, Cameron, what is the best place in addition to folks getting a copy of the book, Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk, what’s the best place for our listeners to go to connect with you and to follow your work?

[0:31:13.1] CH: My website is cameronhuddleston.com and so as I mentioned, I’ve got that free downloadable “in case of emergency” organizer. I’ve got a couple of other resources there. Another good place is to follow me on Instagram. If you’re on Instagram, it’s Cameron K. Huddleston. I share a lot of tips on financial caregiving, having these family money conversations.

[0:31:38.5] TU: Great, we will link to both of those in the show notes and thank you again so much for taking time to come on the show.

[0:31:44.9] CH: Of course, thanks for having me.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:31:46.7] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog post, and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 320: How One Pharmacist Paid Off $345,000 in 5 Years


Stacie Moltzan Loescher, PharmD paid off $345 000 of student loan debt in just five years and she joins us today to share her incredible journey to becoming debt free!

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Stacie Moltzan Loescher is a Pharmacist currently working in central processing for Albertsons Companies and is currently appointed as the Assistant Grand Vice President for Collegiate Affairs of the Phi Delta Chi Professional Pharmacy Fraternity. She attended Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine and Science where she received her Doctor of Pharmacy degree in 2017. During her career as a pharmacist, she has worked as Staff Pharmacist and Pharmacy Manager at multiple retailers throughout Wisconsin, Indiana, and Illinois. She has also served in multiple regional and national positions at Phi Delta Chi. She enjoys traveling, fishing, and fitness.

Episode Summary

Stacie Moltzan Loescher, PharmD paid off $345 000 of student loan debt in just five years and she joins us today to share her incredible journey to becoming debt-free! Tuning in, you’ll hear about the hard work and clear vision that led Stacie to the financial freedom she enjoys today. We unpack her process to aggressively repaying her loans, from working throughout pharmacy school and undergrad to paying off a car alongside her student debt. Stacie touches on how her childhood experiences impacted her approach to financial management as an adult, and reveals how she could sustain the momentum necessary to pay off the debt, before sharing powerful advice for graduates as they choose how to approach their own student debt. In closing, Stacie offers a glimpse into her future plans which are focused on building a net worth through side hustles and real estate investment.

Key Points From the Episode

  • An introduction to Stacie Moltzan Loescher and her story of becoming debt-free.
  • Her introduction to pharmacy growing up with two sisters with intensive medical needs. 
  • Stacie’s career in pharmacy starting at CVS in Wisconsin.
  • A summary of her process to becoming 100% debt-free. 
  • How Stacie celebrated her achievement by traveling! 
  • Working throughout pharmacy school and undergrad. 
  • What motivated her to choose an aggressive repayment strategy.
  • The desire for financial freedom behind her efforts to clear all debt.
  • How Stacie’s childhood experiences impacted her approach to paying off debt as an adult.
  • The car note she paid off in two years while erasing her student debt. 
  • Sustaining the momentum in the midst of an aggressive payment plan.
  • Advice for graduates as they choose how to approach their student debt: start planning now!
  • What’s next for Stacie: building a net worth, considering real estate, investing, and picking up a PRN position to earn extra income.

Episode Highlights

I’m just not a fan of paying interest. I’d rather be earning interest.” — Stacie Moltzan Loescher [0:11:48]

I wanted to be able to have financial freedom sooner in my life. I feel like if I was paying off for ten years, I would have been strapped down to those loans for ten years, living paycheck to paycheck to try to pay them off.” — Stacie Moltzan Loescher [0:13:14]

I didn’t like seeing debt behind my name because it’s not something that I heard growing up or in my family. My parents didn’t have debt.” —  Stacie Moltzan Loescher [0:15:49]

“Don’t wait to approach your student debt. Start planning now, if you haven’t already.” —  Stacie Moltzan Loescher [0:23:06]

Start looking at what’s going to be the best loan repayment strategy for you, because there are different options that are better for different people.” —  Stacie Moltzan Loescher [0:23:12]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here. Thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week I welcome Stacie Moltzan Loescher onto the show to talk about her debt-free journey, both how and why she paid off $345,000 of student loans in just five years. We discussed her motivations behind aggressively paying off the student loans, how she was able to do it, strategies she employed to keep her momentum and motivation and lessons that she learned along the way. Before we jump into this inspiring interview, let’s hear a brief message from YFP team member Justin Woods. 

[MESSAGE]

[0:00:38] JW: Hey, Your Financial Pharmacist community. This is Justin Woods here, Director of Business Development at YFP. You may be one of the 13,000 pharmacists that have already signed up for YFP Money Matters, which is our weekly newsletter. But if you’re not, what are you waiting for? I want to invite you to subscribe. We send financial tips, recommendations, the latest podcast episode, and money resources, all specifically for pharmacists. It all comes straight to your inbox every Friday morning, so visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/newsletter or click the link in the show notes to subscribe today. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/newsletter. See you there. 

[EPISODE]

[0:01:23] TU: Stacie, welcome to the show. 

[0:01:26] SML: Thanks for having me. 

[0:01:28] TU: Before we jump into your incredible debt-free story and your journey, let’s start with your career journey into the professional pharmacy. Where did you go to school? What led you into the profession, and tell us about the work that you’re doing right now? 

[0:01:41] SML: Sure, so I’ll start with what led me into the profession. I grew up with two disabled sisters, one older, one younger. They were both born with cleft palates. My older sister growing up, she couldn’t swallow pills. She still can’t swallow them to this day. That meant that we would often find ourselves at the pharmacy. They would have capsules ready and she couldn’t take them. We had to work with the pharmacist to get it changed to like a liquid form or sometimes the pharmacist might say like, “Oh, it can be open, and put into apple sauce.” Or what have you. But we often found ourselves working closely with the pharmacist to get it resolved. 

Sometimes there would be insurance issues with that, because they don’t like to cover suspensions for 14-year-olds. We’ve had to work together with the pharmacist to get that resolved, whether it was a PA changing it, or taking it and crushing it up. Then putting it in liquid or apple sauce. Then my little sister, she was born when I was eight years old and she was born with what you call an esophageal atresia, which for those that don’t know what that is, that is where your stomach and esophagus isn’t fully connected. 

After she was born, she was life-lighted to children’s hospitals. We had to undergo a surgery and that meant that she would be fed through a G-tube for the next 10 to 12 years of her life. She had to have everything liquid form and a lot of times with like amoxicillin, that’s like a different viscosity than a PediaSure is. We would have to dilute that before we could give it to her through the tube or else it would, the amoxicillin would like get stuck and clogged in the tubing. 

If we gave her too much volume, she would like get sick, have side effects. We often found ourselves crushing medicine, too. Then suspending it in water to give it through the tube. Then she also had asthma. We were doing nebulizer treatments several times a day. Those experiences growing up really sparked my interest in pharmacy. Then I went to North Dakota State to study pre-pharmacy after I graduated high school. Then from there, I found myself in North Chicago, Illinois, at Rosalind Franklin University and after I graduated pharmacy school, I took a job at CVS as a pharmacist in Wisconsin. 

[0:04:32] TU: Okay.

[0:04:33] SML: From there, I worked at different retailers, grocery chain retailers, big box retailers throughout Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin. Up until recently, I took a job with a grocery chain pharmacy as a central processing pharmacist. I’ve been there about four months now. In that role, we check prescriptions for their grocery stores in about 30 different states. 

[0:05:02] TU: Oh, wow.

[0:05:03] SML: That’s where I’m at today. 

[0:05:04] TU: Awesome. Well, thank you for sharing your career journey and the motivation behind getting into the profession. I’m going to read to kick off you sharing your debt-free story and for us to dive into this a layer deeper. I’m going to read a post that you shared on LinkedIn that really caught my attention and let me to reach out to you where you said.

 “Last month, I made my last student loan payment, and my loan balance hit zero. After five years of working as many hours as my body would allow and living like a resident, I paid off $345,000, $235,000 of that was principal. My goal was aggressive as a first-generation and a single-income household to have it paid off in five years. I paid it off in five years, three months. I could have paid it off by the end of 2022 to meet my goal, but it actually made more sense to just pay the minimum payment over the past year since high yield savings account was currently earning more interest than I was paying an interest on my student loans. Cheers to being 100% debt-free now.” 

Wow, just incredible Stacie. When I think about that dollar amount, we’ll talk here in a moment about some of the motivation and the why behind this journey. My first question for you is, what have you done to celebrate this accomplishment? Have you done anything yet to celebrate this accomplishment? 

[0:06:20] SML: Not really. I believe I was like went out with like friends, Friday night. They were just like, “Congrats.” But I did a lot of travel over the last year since I wasn’t as aggressive as paying off in my last year. I did a lot of travel that last year, so I was celebrating that the end was near. 

[0:06:43] TU: Yeah. Yeah. I asked that Stacie, because I think for myself included many pharmacists, we can be so focused on getting to the goal that really taking the time to celebrate. I’m glad to hear you did that with friends and also through some travel. It’s such an important part of the financial journey, right? This is a huge accomplishment, but you are just getting warmed up, right, with achieving many financial goals throughout your career. I think especially if you’re a goal-oriented, achievement-focused person, really taking time to slow down and treasure these moments along the way is really, really important. 

My first question for you, Stacie. If we look at the median debt load today of pharmacy graduates, it’s hovering around 160 to $170,000. 345 is a big number, right? 235 in principle, so we can see the balance there that’s an interest, but even that 235 is substantially above the median debt load of a graduate. Why the higher balance? What do you attribute to that? 

[0:07:40] SML: Yeah. Before I went to school, I was always looking into going to schools with lower tuition, and almost all that is from grad school. I only took out 5,500 in undergrad. I didn’t even need that, that was just because it was subsidized.

[0:07:58] TU: Yeah.

[0:07:58] SML: So, I wasn’t going to get any interest while I was in school. It’s a very low interest rate, so I took that undergrad loan, just off the advice that my aunt had given me that, “You need to take that, because it’s going to be the lowest interest rate you will ever get in your life.” She’s like, “Just put it in a savings account.” That’s what I did. That’s part of my emergency fund today, actually. 

Then, so I didn’t get into those – my like preferred school with the lower tuition rates. What I ended up getting into was a school that I was very interested in, and that’s why I had applied, but it was a private school, Rosalind Franklin University. They do have a little bit higher tuition expense since they’re private, but pharmacy was my dream. I always knew that’s what I wanted to do. I went with it. I figured that I will figure out the student loans and pay them off as quickly as I can when I’m done. 

[0:08:59] TU: Was the 235 all federal or was some of that private? 

[0:09:03] SML: Everything was federal. I took out like the max amount that they would let you do, which was like $35,000 for tuition and then plus like another $20,000 on top of that for living expense, which really isn’t a whole lot to live off of. I did work like throughout all of pharmacy school and undergrad. Then, so that was all federal that was like just about the maximum amount they would let you take out. I did return some while I was in school, because they would let you borrow and then if I didn’t use it, if I worked and I made the money, I would actually return it. I could have borrowed. I think about 20,000 more would have been the max. Then that all capitalized, of course, after I graduated. I believe that capitalized to be $267,000. 

[0:09:53] TU: Here. Here. New grads. Yes. Yes, super important to understand that. Yeah. When I look at that number, Stacie, 345, rough math. You paid off 345 over five years. It’s just shy of $70,000 a year. I think of a typical pharmacist income after taxes, maybe taking home 7-ish thousand dollars per month. Obviously, depends on tax situation. A whole host of other factors in terms of where their paycheck may be going. 

Nonetheless, that is a massive percentage of ones take on pay, right? $70,000 a year on average. So, my question is I certainly have talked with a handful of pharmacists that have gone through an aggressive repayment period. Many others may look at this and say, “Hey, I want to take this over a longer time period, less restrictive on the monthly budget.” Allowing additional funds to achieve other goals, other financial goals or other life goals, right, that people have. You mentioned travel as one example. Why did you decide on an aggressive repayment strategy versus a longer, slower payoff that perhaps would have been less restrictive? What was the motivation for you? 

[0:11:04] SML: I did not want to have those loans sit there for that long. If the longer you have them, the more you’re paying an interest, which I saw that like right away with my first student loan payment. My first student loan payment was almost entirely interest with no principal amount taken off, except for maybe $70 a principal. When I saw that, I was like, “This is going to take me forever. I need to put money towards the principal.” Any extra money I can to bring that principal balance down. I’m paying less interest, because the longer it takes to pay it off, the more interest you’re going to pay. I’m just not a fan of paying interest. I’d rather be earning interest. 

[0:11:54] TU: Let me dig a layer deeper there. That’s what I’m getting to. Right? No right or wrong answer here. I always, I talk to pharmacist about student loans. One of the questions I like to ask them is, “Hey, where are you at on the student loan debt pain scale?” Right? Ten is the house is on fire. I want these gone yesterday. I would say you’re probably closer to that end of the spectrum, based on what I know thus far. Zero is like, ah, they are what they are. They’ll, they’ll take care of themselves eventually. That’s what I’m really trying to understand. No right or wrong answer, but when you say I hate interest, I want what money working for me. Take us a layer deeper, like what is behind that? Is it simply the stress and the weight of that over your shoulders and having the mental clarity to see forward without it? Tell us more. 

[0:12:38] SML: I just, I like for my money to do stuff in the most, like the way where I save the most money, like I don’t want to spend an extra $20,000 towards interest, because I have to do an extra five years of payoff. I’d rather be done early, have that $20,000 and then be able to invest that or travel with that or do what I want with that. I wanted to be able to have financial freedom sooner in my life. I feel like if I was paying off for 10 years, I would have been strapped down to those loans for 10 years, living paycheck to paycheck to try to pay them off. Whereas if I figured if I worked really hard and I paid this off soon, then that 3000 plus a month that I’m putting towards student loans that I can then use that money how I want. If I want to invest it, if I want to travel.

[0:13:41] TU: Yeah.

[0:13:41] SML: I don’t have – I don’t need to be paying student loans. I can just use it how I want. 

[0:13:47] TU: Yeah. That makes sense. I see the passion coming out there for you as you share that as well. One of the things I’m curious about Stacie, so often when we look at the financial decisions we make as adults, we can see trends that tie back to childhood experiences. It may not be that we are raised in the same way that motivates a decision to make today. It could in fact be the opposite or we’re trying to move in a different direction. Sometimes it’s affirming the decisions that were made for us or the household that we grew up in around money. 

As you think about this strategy of, hey, I want to get to financial freedom. I want to pay down this debt aggressively. I want this money working for me, right? I don’t want to have to worry about interests, and so in the future. I can enjoy that on other things. Is there anything you attribute looking back from how you were raised, money approach in the household that impacts here, the approach that you took with your student loans? 

[0:14:41] SML: Yeah, definitely. I grew up, my parents divorced at a young age, but my mom very low income, and that’s what I lived with. I lived with my mom. She was really, really good at like budgeting. I saw that like growing up, because she had a small income to live off of and raised three kids off of, so she budgeted very well with buying groceries to making sure she was getting the right coupons, so we could have food on the table and still live and have money for everything that we needed. 

My dad was very frugal with his money. He bought a house when he was like 30 years old for $16,000 cash. Never had a mortgage, bought a fixer-upper. Still lives in that house to this day. It’s like a 125-year-old home, I think now. I think him never having any debt. He never had a credit card. He never had debt. He always paid everything cash. Bought his car’s cash. Bought his home cash. I think that’s why I didn’t like seeing debt behind my name, because it’s not something that I heard growing up or in my family. My parents didn’t have debt. It was like a newer thing for me to hear that and have so much. I just wanted to get rid of it. Throughout this process, I did pay off a car note to a $20,000 car note in two years, because I just didn’t want it gone. 

[0:16:13] TU: Yeah. I can certainly see the threads, as you described to those experiences back to childhood. I think that’s something I’m always encouraging my own financial plan. I encourage others to look back as well, so much. Again, as I mentioned of how we approach our financial decisions. Good, bad or indifferent, right? Often ties back to some of the childhood experiences that we had. 

Stacie, I’m curious. One of the challenges with an aggressive debt repayment plan, right? Five years, averaging about $70,000 a year, is being able to sustain the momentum and the motivation, right? We can start with good intents. Hey, I want to go aggressive repayment. That’s something I hear from many pharmacy graduates, but actually being able to sustain that momentum can be very challenging. What kept you motivated? What kept you going throughout that five-year period? 

[0:17:01] SML: Yeah. I guess like my career itself kept me going. With that, it helped me earn more income. I spent three years, the last three years, like as a manager. I was picking up extra shifts, working extra hours and anything that I earned over my base salary, this over the course of my repayment, I always put the extra money towards my loans. When I floated, I was actually when I like started with my last company. I was brought on as a 48-hour pharmacist. That was like a lower salary, like 72,000 a year. 

Anything, and I made my budget based off of that $72,000 which included a, I put 3,000 of that toward my student loan itself, which I was required to pay 2,300. I always did put 3000 towards it. That’s what my budget was based off of. Then anything I worked over that, 48 hours in a two-week pay period, I put towards a student loan. A lot of times I was working a hundred or 120 hours a pay period. All of that, I put to the student loan.

One of the jobs I had, I was getting reimbursed for gas and for tolls. All that gas reimbursement, toll reimbursement. I put all that to student loans. As I was just picking up extra hours and helping people, which is my passion. It’s just the money was coming in where I was able to just keep putting that towards my loans. Then as a manager, I was really, really driven to meet our store goals and such. I was at a store that was challenging, that needed a lot of work. I was able to just use that as my driving force to bring my store, to help my store achieve. Then with that, I was just working extra hours and that would help with my financial. 

[0:19:11] TU: Yeah. What I hear there, Stacie, is you had a very clear goal and vision for your financial plan that really fueled the hard work. The hard work, which produced the payments and the additional income was directly going towards your loans, which that momentum would then build upon itself. You said something really important there that I want to make sure we don’t overlook, which was, that’s what my budget could afford, right? 

You made extra payments, but you mentioned with the $3,000, that’s a really key, important piece for those that are getting started with their student loan repayment journey, when you have so many different options to consider, especially for those that might work in a nonprofit sector, or have a loan forgiveness option, or choose an aggressive repayment and are looking at these two ends of the spectrum. How much your budget can afford is a critical number to understand to determine which loan repayment option may be best for your situation. Great wisdom there, Stacie, that you shared. I want to make sure we didn’t overlook that. 

One of the most common questions I get when I present to new graduates or I talk about student loans is, should I pay down my debt or should I in invest? How do I balance these two? My stock answer is, it depends, right? It depends on a lot of factors. How do you feel about the debt? What’s your repayment plan? What is your budget afford? What’s your timeline towards retirement? How conservative or aggressive are you? There’s just so many components. I’m curious to hear from you, no right or wrong answer again. How did you reconcile this decision towards more debt payment and perhaps delaying that investing for a period of time? 

[0:20:45] SML: Yeah. I was fortunate that when I did start my debt repayment, I already had an emergency fund built up when I started working when I was 14. When I was 14, I was putting half of every paycheck away into a savings account to save for college. I never, actually, used that money for any expense. It is my emergency fund today. I already had that set-in stone. Then I did actually work on the other goals while paying this off. I was always taking the employer match from my 401k. 

I was always like I always have done a high deductible health insurance plan. I always put the 3,500 is like what it is today, towards my HAS. Then investing within that after I had a thousand dollars in there. I’ve also done just my own investments, just a smaller amount each month. I’ve done Acorns, like Robinhood, but I don’t do as much, because there’s more risk. At one of the jobs that I had actually, I was not eligible for an employer match until one year in. I only worked there for five months, but – 

[0:22:03] TU: Okay. 

[0:22:04] SML: That job, I actually did not contribute to a 401k, because I was not going to get a match. I decided to put that money towards the student loans at that time, which my plan was to do that until I hit one year with the company and then I was going to start taking the match. So that job, I didn’t contribute to a 401k, anything that would have went to a 401k went to student loans instead. 

[0:22:28] TU: It makes sense, especially without having the match component there. Stacie, I’m curious to hear your advice for new grads, right? We have now three graduating classes that have yet to pay on or required to pay on their federal student loans, because of the pause dating back to the beginning of the pandemic. I’m sensing as those repayments are going to start back up, many graduates from last few years are feeling overwhelmed, they’re stressed or discouraged. There’s a lot of uncertainty. What advice would you have for graduates coming out as they look to approach their student loan debt? 

[0:23:04] SML: My advice would be, don’t wait. Start planning now. If you haven’t already. 

[0:23:09] TU: Amen. 

[0:23:12] SML: Start looking at what’s going to be the best loan repayment strategy for you, because there is different options that are better for different people. For some people, it’s going to be doing the public service loan forgiveness. Some people that might have a house and kids and have like those extra payments that they need to make, they might have to do more of an income based, but start having that strategy and that plan now and make a budget if you don’t have one already. Have a budget, so that way you can and start like using that budget now. So that way when those student loans, you have to start repaying them, it’s not a shock and you’re like, “What am I going to do?” So, start planning now. 

[0:23:55] TU: That’s great. Great advice. I think that that’s a message I’ve been trying to get out, but because we’ve had several extensions of the pause. I think there’s been – some of this feeling of, hey, when exactly are these going to come back online or will they, might there be another extension. Now that we have some clarity of when these will start back up, to your point, this is the time period, right? This is the time period to make sure that we’re understanding our options. 

We’ve got clarity on the best repayment plan for one situation. To your point we begin to weave that and work that into the budget, right? Even if we’re just putting that in a savings account for now, we’re building those reps and those behaviors, so when that turns back on, we’ve accounted for it and we can move forward with the confidence knowing that we’ve already planned for that. Whether we like it or not. There’s a lot of repayment options, and strategies, and nuances. 

Fortunately, the system is maybe more complicated than it needs to be, but that’s the hand that we’ve been dealt in. Really, it’s upon the shoulders of the borrower to make sure that they’re understanding those options. We’ve got lots of resources on the YFP website. If you need some help navigating that forward. Stacie, what’s next for you? Right? This is an important milestone, but you’re just at the beginning of your journey. What does success look like for you going forward? 

[0:25:12] SML: At this point, I’m looking at like building a net worth, how that looks. I have like several different things in mind. I am interested in real estate. I thought about maybe like a duplex or something, living in one half, like renting out the other, investing, just different things I’ve thought about. I also am potentially looking at picking up a PRN position to earn some extra income, because the central processing job did come with a little bit of a pay cut. I’m looking to see if there’s a way, I can bring more income in different side hustles. 

I definitely, want to do a side hustle, because I have a better work-life balance now, where I have the time to do more, because I can’t pick up extra shifts like I was able to do before. This is just a straight 40-hours a week. I really want to use my time to see how I can earn more income. Then decide how we’re going to use it. 

[0:26:22] TU: Yeah. This is I often give the analogy of a marathon when my wife and I went through the journey of paying off our student loan debt, which wasn’t quite as large, but it was a big amount. I often had in my mind this visual where, “Hey, once we get to the end of the student loans.” Like, we’ve arrived, right? We’re at the finish line. I often say, it’s like running a marathon where when you get to the point of in this situation, an important milestone of student loan debt paid off or running a marathon. We might be at mile marker three, right? We’ve started the race. We’ve got a long way to go.

I love the vision you’re articulating, whether it’s around real estate, whether it’s around other side hustles. I can sense an intentionality that as you start to evolve other parts of your financial plan, you’ve got clarity on why you’re going to be doing that and where those funds are going to be going towards. Stacie, I greatly appreciate you taking the time to come onto the show to welcome our community into your story and your willingness to share it. I’m really looking forward to following your journey ahead. 

[0:27:20] SML: My pleasure. Thanks for having me.

[OUTRO]

[0:27:23] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show has provided you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists and less otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]